0% found this document useful (0 votes)

637 views343 pages

As Paper 2 2016

1. The CFC contains C, H, Cl, and F in the percentages given. Using the mass percentages and molar mass of 135 g/mol, the molecular formula is CCl2F2. 2. (i) Sb2S3 + 3O2 → Sb4O6 + 3SO2 (ii) The oxidation number of antimony in Sb4O6 is +3. (iii) The processing of 10 moles of Sb2S3 would produce 30 moles of CO2.

Uploaded by

Juana

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

637 views343 pages

As Paper 2 2016

Uploaded by

Juana

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 343

New Syllabus (2016)

Mostafa Barakat
0100 165 44 62
Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper 2

Contents
Stoichiometry 1
Counting atoms and ions
Topic 1
Determination of Ar from mass spectra
Counting chemical substances in bulk
Calculation of empirical and molecular formula
Balancing chemical equations
Balancing ionic equations
Calculations involving concentration and gas
volumes

Atomic Structure 37
Discovering of electron
Topic 2

Discovering of protons and neutrons

Atomic and mass numbers
Isotopes
Electrons in atoms
Ionization energy
Electronic configuration

Chemical bonding 61
Ionic bonding
Topic 3

Covalent bonding
Bonds of intermediate character
Shapes of simple molecules
Metallic bonding
Intermolecular forces
Electronic configuration

States of matter 84
The states of matter
Real and ideal gases
Topic 4

The behavior of ideal gases

The ideal gas law
Measuring the relative molecular mass of a
volatile liquid
Some lattice structures
The modern uses of materials
The effect of structure and bonding on physical
properties

i Contents Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper 2

Chemical energetics 95
Topic 5 Energy transfer exothermic and endothermic
Energy is conserved
Enthalpy and enthalpy changes
Bond making and breaking and enthalpy change
Measuring energy transfers and enthalpy
changes
Hess's Law

Redox 117
Topic 6

Oxidation states
Redox: oxidation and reduction
Balancing Redox reactions

Chemical equilibrium 123

Reversible Reactions
Le Chatelier's principle
Equilibrium in organic reactions
Topic 7

Finding the balance

Kc and Le Chatelier's principle
Equilibrium constant calculations
Using Kc and Kp
Acids and their reactions
Definitions of acids and bases
Conjugate acid and base
The role of water
Base behavior and neutralization

Reaction kinetics 143

Topic 8

Rates of reaction
Activation energy
Boltzmann curve
The collision theory
Catalysis
Enzymes

ii Contents Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper 2

Chemical periodicity 149

Versions of periodic table
Periodic table and physical properties of
Topic 9
elements
Periodic patterns of first ionization energies
Successive ionization energies and periodic table
Reactions of the period 3 elements
Preparation of period 3 oxides
Preparation of period 3 chlorides
The reactions of sodium and magnesium with
water

Inorganic chemistry 171

Group 2
General properties of group 2 elements
Uses
Topic 10

Reactions of group II elements

Chalk and lime chemistry
Group 17
General properties of group 17 elements
The reactivity of the halogens
Reaction of elements with hydrogen
Disproportionation reactions of chlorine
Uses
Nitrogen
Sulphur

Organic chemistry 206

Introduction to organic chemistry
Alkanes
Topic 11

Alkenes
Polymers
Halogenoalkanes
Alcohols
Aldehydes and ketones
Carboxylic acids and derivatives

Data Sheet

iii Contents Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

• Counting atoms and ions

• Determination of Ar from mass spectra

• Counting chemical substances in bulk

• Empirical and molecular formula

• Balancing chemical equations

• Balancing ionic equations

• Concentration and gas volumes

1 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

1) June 2002 Q (6_c)

(c) Another CFC contains the following elements by mass. The value of its Mr
is 135.
C, 17.8%; H, 1.5%; Cl , 52.6%; F, 28.1%
Use these data to determine the molecular formula of the CFC.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
2) Nov 2002 Q (3_d)
(d) Antimony, Sb, has been known for about 6000 years. It is present in many
ancient forms of bronze, but now its main use is to strengthen lead alloys.
Antimony is produced in a two-stage process from stibnite, a sulphide ore,
Sb2S3.
The ore is first roasted in oxygen to form the oxide.

(i) Balance the above equation.

The oxide is then reduced with carbon.

(ii) What is the oxidation number of antimony in Sb4O6?

..........................................................

2 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(iii) Calculate the volume of carbon dioxide, measured at room temperature

and pressure, that would be produced by the processing of 10 moles of
Sb2S3.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[4]
3) June 2003 Q (2_a, c)
2 This question is about the physical chemistry of gases, with particular
emphasis on the inert gas argon. Argon exists in the atmosphere as single
atoms.
(a) State two of the assumptions of the kinetic theory as applied to an inert
gas.
........................................................................................................................[1]
(c) You are to calculate the percentage of the volume occupied by the atoms
themselves in one mole of argon at room temperature and pressure.
(i) Use the Data Booklet to calculate the volume of one atom of argon.
[volume = 4
3 pr 3 p  3.14 ]
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Use your answer to (c) (i) to calculate the volume of one mole of argon
atoms.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) State the volume occupied by one mole of argon (assume it to behave as
an ideal gas) at room temperature and pressure.
............................................................................................................................
(iv) What percentage of this volume is occupied by the atoms themselves?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................

3 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(v) Explain how your answer to (c)(iv) justifies one of your assumptions in (a).
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[5]
4) June 2003 Q (6_a)
6 A compound, A, has the following composition by mass.
C, 66.7%; H, 11.1%; O, 22.2%.
It has an Mr of 72.
(a) Calculate the molecular formula of A.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
5) June 2004 Q (2_c)
2 Compounds of phosphorus have many uses in everyday life, e.g. fertilisers,
matches and in water softeners.
(c) The salt sodium phosphate, Na3PO4, is a water-softening agent.
(i) Write the equation for the complete neutralisation of phosphoric acid with
aqueous sodium hydroxide.
............................................................................................................................
Sodium phosphate was prepared from 50.0 cm3 of 0.500 mol dm–3 H3PO4 and
an excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide.
(ii) How many moles of H3PO4 were used?
............................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
4 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)
Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(iii) Use your equation in (c)(i) to calculate how many moles of sodium
hydroxide are required.
............................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
6) June 2004 Q (3_c)
3 Ammonia, NH3, is a colourless, pungent-smelling gas which has been
known to man from the beginning of recorded time. It is given off from urine
such as that on a wet nappy from a baby.
The nitrogen-containing substance in urine is urea, CO(NH2)2, and this
decomposes by hydrolysis into ammonia and another colourless gas.
(c) 1.20 dm3 of ammonia gas were dissolved in water to form 200 cm3 of
aqueous alkali at room temperature and pressure.
(i) Use the Data Booklet to calculate how many moles of NH3(g) were
dissolved.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Write the equation for the neutralisation of aqueous ammonia by dilute
sulfuric acid.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) Calculate the volume of 0.50 moldm–3 sulfuric acid that is required to
neutralize the 200 cm3 of aqueous ammonia.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
7) Nov 2004 Q (5_a, i, c)
5 2-Hydroxypropanoic acid (lactic acid), CH3CH(OH)CO2H, can be prepared
in a two-stage synthesis from ethanal, CH3CHO.
(a) In the first stage, ethanal reacts with hydrogen cyanide, HCN, in the
presence of an NaCN catalyst to produce a cyanohydrin.

5 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(i) Write an equation for the reaction of ethanal and HCN, giving the displayed
formula of the product.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
(c) In this synthesis 4.40 g of ethanal were used and at the end 5.40 g of
lactic acid were obtained.
Calculate the percentage yield of lactic acid.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
8) June 2005 Q (2_d, i, iii)
Hydrogen sulfide burns with a blue flame in an excess of oxygen to form
sulphur dioxide and water.
(d) (i) Write a balanced equation for the complete combustion of H2S.
............................................................................................................................
(iii) What volume of oxygen, measured at room temperature and pressure, is
required for the complete combustion of 8.65 g of H2S? Give your answer to
two decimal places.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[5]

6 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

9) June 2006 Q (2 _b, c, d, i, iii)

2 The unsaturated hydrocarbon ethyne (acetylene), C2H2, is widely used in
‘oxy-acetylene torches’ for cutting and welding metals. In the torch, ethyne is
burned in oxygen to produce a flame with a temperature of 3400 K.
(b) When used for cutting or welding, ethyne is transported in cylinders which
contain the gas under pressure. A typical cylinder has a volume of 76 dm3 and
contains ethyne gas at 1515 kPa pressure at a temperature of 25 °C.
Use the general gas equation, pV = nRT, to calculate the amount, in moles, of
ethyne in this cylinder.
(c) In some countries, ethyne is manufactured from calcium carbide, CaC2,
which is produced by heating quicklime and coke together at 2300 K.
CaO + 3C 
→ CaC 2 + CO 2
When water is added to the CaC2, calcium hydroxide, Ca(OH)2, and ethyne,
C2H2, are produced.
(i) Construct a balanced equation for the formation of ethyne from calcium
carbide.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Use this equation and your answer to part (b) to calculate the mass of
CaC2 which will react with an excess of water to produce enough ethyne to fill
100 cylinders of the gas.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
(8) June 2007 Q (4_b)
(b) When CH2Cl2 is heated under reflux with an excess of NaOH(aq), a
compound W is formed.
W has the following composition by mass: C, 40.0%; H, 6.7%; O, 53.3%.
Use this information and the Data Booklet to show that the empirical formula
of W is CH2O.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]

7 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

10) Nov 2007 Q (3_c)

(c) Sulfur and chlorine can be reacted together to form disulphur dichloride,
S2Cl2.
Disulphur dichloride, S2Cl2, is decomposed by water forming sulphur and a
mixture of hydrochloric acid and sulphurous acid.
When 2.7 g of S2Cl2 is reacted with an excess of water, 0.96 g of sulphur, S,
is produced.
(i) What is the amount, in moles, of S2Cl2 present in 2.7 g?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) What is the amount, in moles, of S produced from 1.0 mol of S2Cl2?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) Construct a balanced equation for the reaction of S2Cl2 with water.
............................................................................................................................
[4]
11) Nov 2008 Q (1_a, ii , b, ii, c)
1 Most submarines travel under water using electrical power from batteries.
The German engineer Helmut Walter designed a diesel engine that could be
used to propel a submarine beneath the surface of the sea. Instead of taking
air from above the surface of the sea,
Walter’s engine used hydrogen peroxide, H2O2, to provide oxygen for a
conventional diesel engine.Hydrogen peroxide may be catalytically
decomposed to give water and oxygen.
(ii) Construct a balanced equation for the decomposition of H2O2.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
Diesel fuel may be considered to consist of the hydrocarbon C15H32 which
reacts completely with oxygen according to the following equation.

(b)
(ii) Use the equation above and your answer to (a)(ii) to calculate the amount,
in moles, of H2O2, that will provide sufficient oxygen for the complete oxidation
of one mole of C15H32.

8 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(ii) Use your answers to (b)(ii) and (c)(i) to calculate the mass, in tonnes, of
hydrogen peroxide used during the underwater voyage.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
mass of H2O2 = ................................. tonnes
[4]
12) June 2009 Q (1_d)
Titanium also reacts with chlorine.
(d) When an excess of chlorine was reacted with 0.72 g of titanium, 2.85 g of
a chloride A was formed.
(i) Calculate the amount, in moles, of titanium used.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................

9 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(ii) Calculate the amount, in moles, of chlorine atoms that reacted.

............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) Hence, determine the empirical formula of A.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iv) Construct a balanced equation for the reaction between titanium and
chlorine.
............................................................................................................................
[4]
13) June 2010 [21] Q (5_d)
A third polycarboxylic acid present in unripe fruit is a colourless crystalline
solid, W, which has the following composition by mass: C, 35.8%; H, 4.5%; O,
59.7%.
(d) (i) Show by calculation that the empirical formula of W is C4H6O5.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) The Mr of W is 134. Use this value to determine the molecular formula of W.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]

10 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(11) June 2010 [22] Q (4_a)

4 An organic compound, E, has the following composition by mass:
C, 48.7%; H, 8.1%; O, 43.2%.
(a) Calculate the empirical formula of E.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
14) Nov 2010 [21] Q (1_b)
1 In 1814, Sir Humphrey Davy and Michael Faraday collected samples of a
flammable gas, A, from the ground near Florence in Italy.
They analysed A which they found to be a hydrocarbon. Further experiments
were then carried out to determine the molecular formula of A.
Davy and Faraday deduced the formula of A by exploding it with an excess of
oxygen and analysing the products of combustion.
(b) Complete and balance the following equation for the complete combustion
of a hydrocarbon with the formula CxHy.

[2]
(c) When 10 cm3 of A was mixed at room temperature with 50 cm3 of oxygen
(an excess) and exploded, 40 cm3 of gas remained after cooling the
apparatus to room temperature and pressure.
When this 40 cm3 of gas was shaken with an excess of aqueous potassium
hydroxide, KOH, 30 cm3 of gas still remained.
(i) What is the identity of the 30 cm3 of gas that remained at the end of the
experiment?
...................................................

(ii) The combustion of A produced a gas that reacted with the KOH(aq).
What is the identity of this gas?
...................................................

11 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(iii) What volume of the gas you have identified in (ii) was produced by the
combustion of A?
...............................cm3

(iv) What volume of oxygen was used up in the combustion of A?

...............................cm3 [4]

15) June 2011 [21] Q (1_b)

1 Some intercontinental jet airliners use kerosene as fuel. The formula of
kerosene may be taken as C14H30.
(b) When kerosene burns in an excess of air, carbon dioxide and water form.
Balance the following equation for the complete combustion of kerosene.

[1]
(c) In this section, give your answers to one decimal place.
The flight path from Beijing to Paris is approximately 8195 km.
A typical intercontinental jet airliner burns 10.8 kg of kerosene for each
kilometer covered.
(i) Calculate the mass, in tonnes, of C14H30 burnt on a flight from Beijing to
Paris. [1 tonne = 1 000 kg]
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Use your equation in (b) to calculate the mass, in tonnes, of CO2 produced
during this flight.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[4]

12 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

16) June 2011 [22] Q (1_b)

1 Ethanoic acid can be reacted with alcohols to form esters, an equilibrium
mixture being formed.

In an experiment to determine Kc a student placed together in a conical flask

0.10 mol of ethanoic acid, 0.10 mol of an alcohol ROH, and 0.005 mol of
hydrogen chloride catalyst.
The flask was sealed and kept at 25 °C for seven days.
After this time, the student titrated all of the contents of the flask with 2.00 mol
dm–3 NaOH using phenolphthalein indicator.
At the end-point, 22.5 cm3 of NaOH had been used.
(b) (i) Calculate the amount, in moles, of NaOH used in the titration.

(ii) What amount, in moles, of this NaOH reacted with the hydrogen chloride?

(iii) Write a balanced equation for the reaction between ethanoic acid and
NaOH.

(iv) Hence calculate the amount, in moles, of NaOH that reacted with the
ethanoic acid.

13 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

17) June 2011 [22] Q (3_b)

When barium is heated strongly in oxygen, an oxide X is formed.
The oxide X contains 18.9% of oxygen by mass.
The oxide X reacts with dilute sulfuric acid in a 1:1 ratio.
Two products, one insoluble and one soluble, are formed.

(d) (i) Calculate the empirical formula of X.

(ii) Suggest the identity of the solid Y.
..........................
(iii) Use your answers to (i) and (ii) to construct an equation for the reaction of
X with H2SO4.
....................................................................................................................... [4]
18) June 2011 [23] Q (1)
1 Methanoic acid, HCO2H, was formerly known as formic acid because it is
present in the sting of ants and the Latin name for ant is formica. It was first
isolated in 1671 by John Ray who collected a large number of dead ants and
extracted the acid from them by distillation.
In this question, you should give all numerical answers to two
significant figures.
At room temperature, pure methanoic acid is a liquid which is completely
soluble in water.
When we are stung by a ‘typical’ ant a solution of methanoic acid, A, is
injected into our skin.
Solution A contains 50% by volume of pure methanoic acid.
A ‘typical’ ant contains 7.5 × 10–6 dm3 of solution A.
(a) (i) Calculate the volume, in cm3, of solution A in one ant.

volume = ................................. cm3

14 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(ii) Use your answer to (i) to calculate the volume, in cm3, of pure methanoic
acid in one ant.

volume = ................................. cm3

(iii) Use your answer to (ii) to calculate how many ants would have to be
distilled to produce 1 dm3 of pure methanoic acid.

number = .......................................
[3]
When we are stung by an ant, the amount of solution A injected is 80% of the
total amount of solution A present in one ant.
The density of pure methanoic acid is 1.2 g cm–3.
(b) (i) Calculate the volume, in cm3, of pure methanoic acid injected in one
ant sting.

volume = ................................. cm3

(ii) Use your answer to (i) to calculate the mass of methanoic acid present in
one ant sting.

mass = ........................................ g
[3]

15 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

Bees also sting us by using methanoic acid. One simple treatment for ant or
bee stings is to use sodium hydrogencarbonate, NaHCO3.
(c) (i) Construct a balanced equation for the reaction between methanoic acid
and sodium hydrogencarbonate.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) In a typical bee sting, the mass of methanoic acid injected is 5.4 × 10–3 g.
Calculate the mass of NaHCO3 needed to neutralise one bee sting.

mass = ........................................ g
[3]
19) Nov 2011 [21] Q (1_a, b)
1 Compound A is an organic compound which contains carbon, hydrogen and
oxygen. When 0.240 g of the vapour of A is slowly passed over a large
quantity of heated copper(II) oxide, CuO, the organic compound A is
completely oxidised to carbon dioxide and water.
Copper is the only other product of the reaction.
The products are collected and it is found that 0.352 g of CO2 and 0.144 g of
H2O are formed.
(a) In this section, give your answers to three decimal places.
(i) Calculate the mass of carbon present in 0.352 g of CO2.

Use this value to calculate the amount, in moles, of carbon atoms present in
0.240 g of A.

16 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(ii) Calculate the mass of hydrogen present in 0.144 g of H2O.

Use this value to calculate the amount, in moles, of hydrogen atoms present
in 0.240 g of A.

(iii) Use your answers to calculate the mass of oxygen present in 0.240 g of A.

Use this value to calculate the amount, in moles, of oxygen atoms present in
0.240 g of A.

[6]
(b) Use your answers to (a) to calculate the empirical formula of A.

[1]
20) June 2012 [21] Q (2)
2 Ammonium sulfate, (NH4)2SO4, is widely used as a fertiliser.
In order to determine its percentage purity, a sample of ammonium sulfate
fertiliser was analysed by reacting a known amount with an excess of
NaOH(aq) and then titrating the unreacted NaOH with dilute HCl.
(a) Ammonium sulfate reacts with NaOH in a 1 : 2 ratio.
Complete and balance the equation for this reaction.
(NH4)2SO4 + 2NaOH 
→ .......NH3 + ................ + ................
[2]
(b) A 5.00 g sample of a fertiliser containing (NH4)2SO4 was warmed with 50.0
cm3 (an excess) of 2.00 mol dm–3 NaOH.
When all of the ammonia had been driven off, the solution was cooled.

17 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

The remaining NaOH was then titrated with 1.00 mol dm–3 HCl and 31.2 cm3
were required for neutralisation.
(i) Write a balanced equation for the reaction between NaOH and HCl.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Calculate the amount, in moles, of HCl in 31.2 cm3 of 1.00 mol dm–3 HCl.

(iii) Calculate the amount, in moles, of NaOH in 50.0 cm3 of 2.00 mol dm–3
NaOH.

(iv) Use your answers to (i), (ii) and (iii) to calculate the amount, in moles, of
NaOH used up in the reaction with (NH4)2SO4.

(v) Use your answer to (iv) and the equation in (a) to calculate the amount, in
moles, of (NH4)2SO4 that reacted with NaOH.

(vi) Use your answer to (v) to calculate the mass of (NH4)2SO4 that reacted
with NaOH.

(vii) Hence, calculate the percentage purity of the ammonium sulfate fertiliser.

[7]

18 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

21) June 2012 [23] Q (2)

2 Washing soda is hydrated sodium carbonate, Na2CO3.xH2O.
A student wished to determine the value of x by carrying out a titration, with
the following results.

(a) (i) Write a balanced equation for the reaction between Na2CO3 and HCl .
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Calculate the amount, in moles, of HCl in the 35.8 cm3 of solution used in
the titration.

(iii) Use your answers to (i) and (ii) to calculate the amount, in moles, of
Na2CO3 in the 25.0 cm3 of solution used in the titration.

(iv) Use your answer to (iii) to calculate the amount, in moles, of Na2CO3 in
the 250 cm3 of solution in the standard volumetric flask.

(v) Hence calculate the mass of Na2CO3 present in 5.13 g of washing soda
crystals.

[6]
(b) Use your calculations in (a) to determine the value of x in Na2CO3.xH2O.

[2]
19 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)
Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

22) Nov 2012 [21] Q (1)

1 Zinc is an essential trace element which is necessary for the healthy growth
of animals and plants. Zinc deficiency in humans can be easily treated by
using zinc salts as dietary supplements.
(a) One salt which is used as a dietary supplement is a hydrated zinc sulfate,
ZnSO4.xH2O, which is a colourless crystalline solid.
Crystals of zinc sulfate may be prepared in a school or college laboratory by
reacting dilute sulfuric acid with a suitable compound of zinc.
Give the formulae of two simple compounds of zinc that could each react with
dilute sulfuric acid to produce zinc sulfate.
....................................................... and ....................................................... [2]
(b) A simple experiment to determine the value of x in the formula
ZnSO4.xH2O is to heat it carefully to drive off the water.
ZnSO4.xH2O(s) 
→ ZnSO4(s) + xH2O(g)
A student placed a sample of the hydrated zinc sulfate in a weighed boiling
tube and reweighed it. He then heated the tube for a short time, cooled it and
reweighed it when cool. This process was repeated four times. The final
results are shown below.

(i) Why was the boiling tube heated, cooled and reweighed four times?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Calculate the amount, in moles, of the anhydrous salt produced.

(iii) Calculate the amount, in moles, of water driven off by heating.

20 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(iv) Use your results to (ii) and (iii) to calculate the value of x in ZnSO4.xH2O.

[7]
(c) For many people, an intake of approximately 15 mg per day of zinc will be
sufficient to prevent deficiencies.
Zinc ethanoate crystals, (CH3CO2)2Zn.2H2O, may be used in this way.
(i) What mass of pure crystalline zinc ethanoate (Mr = 219.4) will need to be
taken to obtain a dose of 15 mg of zinc?

(ii) If this dose is taken in solution as 5 cm3 of aqueous zinc ethanoate, what
would be the concentration of the solution used?
Give your answer in mol dm–3.

[4]

21 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

23) Nov 2012 [23] Q (1)

1 Carbon dioxide, CO2, makes up about 0.040 % of the Earth’s atmosphere. It
is produced by animal respiration and by the combustion of fossil fuels.
In animal respiration, oxygen reacts with a carbohydrate such as glucose to
give water, carbon dioxide and energy.
The typical daily food requirement of a human can be considered to be the
equivalent of 1.20 kg of glucose, C6H12O6.
You should express all of your numerical answers in this question to
three significant figures.
(a) (i) Construct a balanced equation for the complete oxidation of glucose.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Use your equation to calculate the amount, in moles, of CO2 produced by
one person in one day from 1.20 kg of glucose.

(iii) On the day on which this question was written, the World population was
estimated to be 6.82 × 109.
Calculate the total mass of CO2 produced by this number of people in one
day. Give your answer in tonnes. [1 tonne = 1.00 ×106 g]

[5]
(b) When fossil fuels are burned in order to give energy, carbon dioxide and
water are also produced.
The hydrocarbon octane, C8H18, can be used to represent the fuel burned in
motor cars.
A typical fuel-efficient motor car uses about 4.00 dm3 of fuel to travel 100 km.

22 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(i) Construct a balanced equation for the complete combustion of octane.

............................................................................................................................
(ii) The density of octane is 0.700 g cm–3.
Calculate the amount, in moles, of octane present in 4.00 dm3 of octane.

(iii) Calculate the mass of CO2 produced when the fuel-efficient car is driven
for a distance of 100 km.

[5]
(c) Calculate how many kilometres the same fuel-efficient car would have to
travel in order to produce as much CO2 as is produced by the respiration of
6.82 × 109 people during one day. Use your answer to (a)(iii).

[2]

23 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

24) June 2013 [21] Q (1_a)

1 A sample of a fertiliser was known to contain ammonium sulfate, (NH4)2SO4,
and sand only.
A 2.96 g sample of the solid fertiliser was heated with 40.0 cm3 of NaOH(aq),
an excess, and all of the ammonia produced was boiled away.
After cooling, the remaining NaOH(aq) was exactly neutralised by 29.5 cm3 of
2.00 mol dm–3 HCl.
In a separate experiment, 40.0 cm3 of the original NaOH(aq) was exactly
neutralised by 39.2 cm3 of the 2.00 mol dm–3 HCl.
(a) (i) Write balanced equations for the following reactions.
NaOH with HCl
............................................................................................................................
(NH4)2SO4 with NaOH
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Calculate the amount, in moles, of NaOH present in the 40.0 cm3 of the
original NaOH(aq) that was neutralised by 39.2 cm3 of 2.00 mol dm–3 HCl.

(iii) Calculate the amount, in moles, of NaOH present in the 40.0 cm3 of
NaOH(aq) that remained after boiling the (NH4)2SO4.

(iv) Use your answers to (ii) and (iii) to calculate the amount, in moles, of
NaOH that reacted with the (NH4)2SO4.

(v) Use your answers to (i) and (iv) to calculate the amount, in moles, of
(NH4)2SO4 that reacted with the NaOH.

24 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(vi) Hence calculate the mass of (NH4)2SO4 that reacted.

(vii) Use your answer to (vi) to calculate the percentage, by mass, of

(NH4)2SO4 present in the fertiliser.
Write your answer to a suitable number of significant figures.

[9]
25) June 2013 [22] Q (2)
2 Chile saltpetre is a mineral found in Chile and Peru, and which mainly
consists of sodium nitrate, NaNO3. The mineral is purified to concentrate the
NaNO3 which is used as a fertilizer and in some fireworks.
In order to find the purity of a sample of sodium nitrate, the compound is
heated in NaOH(aq) with Devarda's alloy which contains aluminium. This
reduces the sodium nitrate to ammonia which is boiled off and then dissolved
in acid.
3NaNO3(aq) + 8Al (s) + 5NaOH(aq) + 18H2O(l) 
→ 3NH3(g) + 8NaAl (OH)4(aq)
The ammonia gas produced is dissolved in an excess of H2SO4 of known
concentration.
2NH3 + H2SO4 
→ (NH4)2SO4
The amount of unreacted H2SO4 is then determined by back-titration with
NaOH of known concentration.
H2SO4 + 2NaOH 
→ Na2SO4 + 2H2O
(a) A 1.64 g sample of impure NaNO3 was reacted with an excess of
Devarda's alloy. The NH3 produced was dissolved in 25.0 cm3 of 1.00 mol
dm–3 H2SO4.

25 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

When all of the NH3 had dissolved, the resulting solution was titrated with
NaOH(aq). For neutralisation, 16.2 cm3 of 2.00 mol dm–3 NaOH were
required.
(i) Calculate the amount, in moles, of H2SO4 present in the 25.0 cm3 of 1.00
mol dm–3 H2SO4.

(ii) Calculate the amount, in moles, of NaOH present in 16.2 cm3 of 2.00 mol
dm–3 NaOH.

(iii) Use your answer to (ii) to calculate the amount, in moles, of H2SO4 that
reacted with 16.2 cm3 of 2.00 mol dm–3 NaOH.

(iv) Use your answers to (i) and (iii) to calculate the amount, in moles, of
H2SO4 that reacted with the NH3.

(v) Use your answer to (iv) to calculate the amount, in moles, of NH3 that
reacted with the H2SO4.

(vi) Use your answer to (v) to calculate the amount, in moles, of NaNO3 that
reacted with the Devarda's alloy.

26 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(vii) Hence calculate the mass of NaNO3 that reacted.

(viii) Use your answer to (vii) to calculate the percentage by mass of NaNO3
present in the impure sample.
Write your answer to a suitable number of significant figures.

[9]
26) Nov 2013 [21] Q (4_a, b)
4 Compound R is a weak diprotic (dibasic) acid which is very soluble in water.
(a) A solution of R was prepared which contained 1.25 g of R in 250 cm3 of
solution.
When 25.0 cm3 of this solution was titrated with 0.100 mol dm–3 NaOH, 21.6
cm3 of the alkali were needed for complete reaction.
(i) Using the formula H2X to represent R, construct a balanced equation for
the reaction between H2X and NaOH.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Use the data above to calculate the amount, in moles, of OH– ions used in
the titration.

(iii) Use your answers to (i) and (ii) to calculate the amount, in moles, of R
present in 25.0 cm3 of solution.

(iv) Calculate the amount, in moles, of R present in 250 cm3 of solution.

27 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(v) Calculate Mr of R.

[5]
(b) Three possible structures for R are shown below.

(i) Calculate the Mr of each of these acids.

Mr of S = ....................... Mr of T = ....................... Mr of U = .......................

(ii) Deduce which of the structures, S, T or U, correctly represents the
structure of the acid, R.
R is represented by ...........
[2]
27) Nov 2013 [23] Q (4_b, c)
4 Compound Q is a viscous liquid which is very soluble in water.
The Mr of Q is 90.0.
Three possible structures for Q are shown below.

(b) When 0.002 mol of Q is reacted with an excess of solid sodium carbonate,
Na2CO3, 24 cm3 of carbon dioxide, measured at room temperature and
pressure, is produced.
(i) Calculate the amount, in moles, of carbon dioxide produced in this reaction.

(ii) Hence calculate the amount, in moles, of carbon dioxide produced by 1

mol of Q.

[2]

28 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

When 0.002 mol of Q is reacted with an excess of metallic sodium, 48 cm3 of

hydrogen, measured at room temperature and pressure, is produced.
(c) (i) Calculate the amount, in moles, of hydrogen molecules produced in this
reaction.

(ii) Hence calculate the amount, in moles, of hydrogen molecules produced by

1 mol of Q.

[2]
28) June 2014 [21] Q (2_a, ii, b)
2 The commonest form of iron(II) sulfate is the heptahydrate, FeSO4.7H2O.
On heating at 90 °C this loses some of its water of crystallisation to form a
different hydrated form of iron(II) sulfate, FeSO4.xH2O.
3.40 g of FeSO4.xH2O was dissolved in water to form 250 cm3 of solution.
A 25.0 cm3 sample of this solution was acidifi ed and titrated with 0.0200 mol
dm–3 potassium manganate(VII).
In this titration 20.0 cm3 of this potassium manganate(VII) solution was
required to react fully with the Fe2+ ions present in the sample.
(a) (ii) Complete and balance the ionic equation for the reaction between the
manganate(VII) ions and the iron(II) ions.
MnO −4 (aq) + 5Fe 2+ (aq) + .....H + (aq) → .......(aq) + 5Fe3+ (aq) + ......H 2O(l)
[3]
(b) (i) Calculate the number of moles of manganate(VII) used in the titration.

[1]

29 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(ii) Use the equation in (a)(ii) and your answer to (b)(i) to calculate the
number of moles of Fe2+ present in the 25.0 cm3 sample of solution used.

[1]

(iii) Calculate the number of moles of FeSO4.xH2O in 3.40 g of the compound.

[1]
(iv) Calculate the relative formula mass of FeSO4.xH2O.

[1]
(v) The relative formula mass of anhydrous iron(II) sulfate, FeSO4, is 151.8.
Calculate the value of x in FeSO4.xH2O.

[1]
29) June 2014 [22] Q (2_a, ii, b)
2 A 6.30 g sample of hydrated ethanedioic acid, H2C2O4.xH2O, was dissolved
in water and the solution made up to 250 cm3.
A 25.0 cm3 sample of this solution was acidified and titrated with 0.100 mol
dm–3 potassium manganate(VII) solution. 20.0 cm3 of this potassium
manganate(VII) solution was required to react fully with the ethanedioate ions,
C2O42–, present in the sample.
(a) (ii) Complete and balance the ionic equation for the reaction between the
manganate(VII) ions and the ethanedioate ions.
2MnO −4 (aq) + 5C2O 4 2− (aq) +....H + (aq) → ....(aq) + 10CO 2(aq) + ....H 2O(l)
[3]
(b) (i) Calculate the number of moles of manganate(VII) used in the titration.

[1]

30 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(ii) Use the equation in (a)(ii) and your answer to (b)(i) to calculate the
number of moles of C2O42– present in the 25.0 cm3 sample of solution used.

[1]
(iii) Calculate the number of moles of H2C2O4.xH2O in 6.30 g of the
compound.

[1]
(iv) Calculate the relative formula mass of H2C2O4.xH2O.

[1]
(v) The relative formula mass of anhydrous ethanedioic acid, H2C2O4, is 90.
Calculate the value of x in H2C2O4.xH2O.

[1]
30) June 2014 [23] Q (1_a, b)
1 (a) Define the term mole.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) 10 cm3 of a gaseous hydrocarbon, CxHy, was reacted with 100 cm3 of
oxygen gas, an excess.
The final volume of the gaseous mixture was 95 cm3.
This gaseous mixture was treated with concentrated, aqueous sodium
hydroxide to absorb the carbon dioxide present. This reduced the gas volume
to 75 cm3.
All gas volumes were measured at 298 K and 100 kPa.
(i) Write an equation for the reaction between sodium hydroxide and carbon
dioxide.
....................................................................................................................... [1]

31 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(ii) Calculate the volume of carbon dioxide produced by the combustion of the
hydrocarbon.

volume of CO2 produced = ................. cm3 [1]

(iii) Calculate the volume of oxygen used up in the reaction with the
hydrocarbon.

volume of O2 used = ................. cm3 [1]

(iv) Use your answers to (b)(ii) and (b)(iii), together with the initial volume of
hydrocarbon, to balance the equation below.
............CxHy + ............O 2 
→ ............CO 2 + zH 2O
[2]
(v) Deduce the values of x, y and z in the equation in (iv).
x = .............................
y = .............................
z = .............................
[3]
31) June 2014 [23] Q (2_a, b)
2 A sample of a hydrated double salt, Cu(NH4)x(SO4)2.6H2O, was boiled with
an excess of sodium hydroxide. Ammonia was given off.
The ammonia produced was absorbed in 40.0 cm3 of 0.400 mol dm–3
hydrochloric acid. The resulting solution required 25 cm3 of 0.12 mol dm–3
sodium hydroxide to neutralise the excess acid.
(a) Write the ionic equation for the reaction between ammonium ions and
hydroxide ions.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) (i) Calculate the amount, in moles, of hydrochloric acid in 40.0 cm3 of
0.400 mol dm–3 solution.

[1]

32 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(ii) Calculate the amount, in moles, of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralise

the excess acid. This will be equal to the amount of hydrochloric acid left in
excess.

[1]
(iii) Calculate the amount, in moles, of hydrochloric acid that reacted with
ammonia.

[1]
(iv) Calculate the amount, in moles, of ammonium ions in the sample of the
double salt.

[1]
(v) The sample contained 0.413 g of copper. Use this information and your
answer to (iv) to calculate the value of x in Cu(NH4)x(SO4)2.6H2O.

[2]
(vi) Calculate the Mr of Cu(NH4)x(SO4)2.6H2O.

[1]
32) Nov 2014 [21] Q (1_c, ii)
(ii) A has the following percentage composition by mass: Ba, 45.1; Cl , 23.4;
O, 31.5. Calculate the empirical formula of A.

empirical formula of A ........................................... [3]

33 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

33) Nov 2014 [23] Q (1_c, i)

(c) Compounds containing different halogen atoms covalently bonded
together are called interhalogen compounds.
(i) One interhalogen compound can be prepared by the reaction between
iodine and fluorine. This compound has Mr = 222 and the percentage
composition by mass: F, 42.8; I, 57.2.
Calculate the molecular formula of this interhalogen compound.

molecular formula ................................. [3]

34) June 2015 [21] Q (1_c)
(c) The element tellurium, Te, reacts with chlorine to form a single solid
product, with a relative formula mass of 270. The product contains 52.6%
chlorine by mass.
(i) Calculate the molecular formula of this chloride.

molecular formula .................................... [3]

34 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

35) June 2015 [22] Q (1_c, ii)

(ii) An investigation of the reaction between magnesium oxide and hydrogen
chloride gas showed that an intermediate product was formed with the
composition by mass
Mg, 31.65%; O, 20.84%; H, 1.31% and Cl, 46.20%.
Calculate the empirical formula of this intermediate compound.

empirical formula .................................... [2]

36) June 2015 [22] Q (2_e)
(e) The sulfur dioxide content of wine is most commonly measured by the
Ripper Method which involves titration with iodine in the presence of starch as
an indicator.
 2 I(aq) + SO4 2(aq) + 4 H+(aq)
SO2(aq) + I2(aq) + 2 H2O(l) 

A 50.0 cm3 sample of wine required 12.35 cm3 of 0.010 mol dm–3 I2(aq) for
complete reaction with the SO2.

(i) How many moles of SO2 are present in 50.0 cm3 of wine?

moles of SO2 in 50.0 cm3 = ................................. [1]

(ii) How many moles of SO2 are present in 1 dm3 of wine?

moles of SO2 in 1 dm3 = ................................. [1]

35 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 1

(iii) How many milligrams, mg, of SO2 are present in 1 dm3 of wine? Give your
answer to three significant figures. (1 g = 1000 mg)

mass of SO2 in 1 dm3 = ................................. mg [1]

37) June 2015 [23] Q (2_d)
(d) The word ‘lime’ is usually used to refer to a range of calcium-containing
compounds that have a range of uses.
(i) Write equations to show how calcium carbonate can be converted into
calcium hydroxide by a two-step process.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
A garden pond, with a total volume of 8000 dm3, has been contaminated in
such a way that its pH has fallen to 4. This means that the concentration of
hydrogen ions, H+, in the water is 1 × 10–4 mol dm–3.
(ii) Write an ionic equation for the neutralisation reaction that occurs between
hydrogen ions and carbonate ions, CO32–.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Use your equation to calculate the mass of powdered calcium carbonate
that would need to be added to the pond to neutralise the acidity.

mass = ................................ g [2]

36 1 - Stoichiometry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

• Discovering of electron, protons and neutrons

• Atomic and mass numbers

• Isotopes

• Electrons in atoms

• Ionization energy

• Electronic configuration

37 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

1) June 2002 Q (1_a, b, c)

1 Sir James Jeans, who was a great populariser of science, once described
an atom of carbon as being like six bees buzzing around a space the size of a
football stadium.
(a) (i) Suggest what were represented by the six bees in this description.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Explain (in terms of an atom of carbon) what stopped the bees from flying
away from the space of the football stadium.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) What is missing from Jeans’ description when applied to an atom of
carbon?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
(b) The diagram below represents the energy levels of the orbitals in atoms of
the second period, lithium to neon.
(i) Label the energy levels to indicate the principal quantum number and the
type of orbital at each energy level.

(ii) In the space below, sketch the shapes of the two types of orbital.
(iii) Complete the electron configurations of nitrogen and oxygen on the
energy level diagrams below, using arrows to represent electrons.

38 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

(iv) Explain, with reference to your answer to (iii), the relative values of the
first ionisation energies of nitrogen and oxygen. The values are given in the
Data Booklet and should be quoted in your answer.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[6]
(c) (i) State the formulae of the negatively charged ions formed by these
elements in simple binary compounds (nitrides and oxides).
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Why do nitrogen and oxygen form negative ions, but not positive ions, in
simple binary compounds?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
2) June 2003 Q (1)
1 (a) Define an isotope in terms of its sub-atomic particles.
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[1]
(b) In a mass spectrometer some hydrogen chloride molecules will split into
atoms. The mass spectrum of HCl is given. Chlorine has two isotopes. The
1
hydrogen involved here is the isotope 1 H only.

(i) What particle is responsible for the peak at mass 35? ..................................
(ii) What particle is responsible for the peak at mass 38? .................................
[2]

39 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

(c) Use the relative heights of the peaks to determine the proportions of the
two isotopes of chlorine. Explain simply how you obtained your answer.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Use your answer to (c) to explain why chlorine has a relative atomic mass
of 35.5.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[1]
3) June 2005 Q (1)
1 Iron and cobalt are adjacent elements in the Periodic Table. Iron has three
main naturally occurring isotopes, cobalt has one.
(a) Explain the meaning of the term isotope.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
56
(b) The most common isotope of iron is Fe; the only naturally occurring
isotope of cobalt is 59Co.
Use the Data Booklet to complete the table below to show the atomic
structure of 56Fe and of 59Co.

[3]
(c) A sample of iron has the following isotopic composition by mass.

(i) Define the term relative atomic mass.

40 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

4) Nov 2005 Q (1)

1 The first six ionisation energies of an element X are given below.

(a) Define the term first ionisation energy.

(d) Explain the trend shown by these values in terms of the atomic structure of
the elements.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [4]

41 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

5) Nov 2006 Q (1)

1 In the 19th and 20th centuries, scientists established the atomic theory and
showed that three sub-atomic particles, electron, neutron and proton, exist.
The masses and charges of these three particles were subsequently
determined.
When separate beams of electrons, neutrons or protons are passed through
an electric field in the apparatus below, they behave differently.

(a) (i) Which of these three particles will be deflected the most by the electric
field?
.........................................
(ii) In which direction will this particle be deflected?
............................................................................................................................
(iii) Explain your answer.
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[4]
(b) (i) Define the term proton number.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Why is the proton number of an atom of an element usually different from
the nucleon number of an atom of the element?
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Protons and neutrons have been used in nuclear reactions which result in
the formation of artificial elements. In such processes, protons or neutrons are
accelerated to high speeds and then fired like ‘bullets’ at the nucleus of an
atom of an element.

42 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

Suggest why neutrons are more effective than protons as ‘nuclear bullets’.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) In some cases, when neutrons are fired at atoms of an element, the
neutrons become part of the nucleus of those atoms.
What effect does the presence of an extra neutron have on the chemical
properties of the new atoms formed? Explain your answer.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................. [2]
6) June 2007 Q (3_a, b)
3 This question is about the elements in Group II of the Periodic Table,
magnesium to barium.
(a) Complete the table below to show the electronic configuration of calcium
atoms and of strontium ions, Sr2+.

[2]
(b) Explain the following observations.
(i) The atomic radii of Group II elements increase down the Group.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) The strontium ion is smaller than the strontium atom.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) The first ionisation energies of the elements of Group II decrease with
increasing proton number.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[4]

43 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

7) Nov 2007 Q (1_a)

1 This question is about the bonding of covalent compounds.
(a) On the axes below, sketch the shapes of a 1s, a 2s, and a 2px orbital.

[3]
8) June 2008 Q (2)
2 The Periodic Table we currently use is derived directly from that proposed
by Mendeleev in 1869 after he had noticed patterns in the chemical properties
of the elements he had studied.
The diagram below shows the first ionisation energies of the first 18 elements
of the Periodic Table as we know it today.

(a) Give the equation, including state symbols, for the first ionisation energy of
fluorine.
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Explain why there is a general increase in first ionisation energies from
sodium to argon.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]

44 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

(c) (i) Explain why the first ionisation energy of aluminium is less than that of
magnesium.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Explain why the first ionisation energy of sulphur is less than that of
phosphorus.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[4]
The table below refers to the elements sodium to sulphur and is incomplete.

(d) (i) Complete the ‘melting point’ row by using only the words ‘high’ or ‘low’.
(ii) Complete the ‘conductivity’ row by using only the words ‘high’, ‘moderate’
or ‘low’.
[5]
(e) When Mendeleev published his Periodic Table, the elements helium, neon
and argon were not included.
Suggest a reason for this.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
9) June 2009 Q (1_a)
1 Copper and titanium are each used with aluminium to make alloys which are
light, strong and resistant to corrosion.
Aluminium, Al, is in the third period of the Periodic Table; copper and titanium
are both transition elements.

(a) Complete the electronic configuration of aluminium and of titanium, proton

number 22.

[1]

45 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

10) June 2009 Q (2_a, i)

2 Magnesium will react on heating with chlorine, or oxygen, or nitrogen to give
the chloride, or oxide, or nitride respectively. Each of these compounds is
ionic and in them magnesium has the same +2 oxidation state.
(a) (i) Write an equation, with state symbols, for the second ionisation energy
of magnesium.
........................................................................................................................[1]
11) Nov 2009 Q (1)
1 Magnesium, Mg, and radium, Ra, are elements in Group II of the Periodic
Table.
Magnesium has three isotopes.
(a) Explain the meaning of the term isotope.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
A sample of magnesium has the following isotopic composition by mass.

(b) Calculate the relative atomic mass, Ar, of magnesium to four significant
figures.

Ar = ………………
[2]
Radium, proton number 88, and uranium, proton number 92, are radioactive
elements.
The isotope 226Ra is produced by the radioactive decay of the uranium isotope
238
U.
(c) Complete the table below to show the atomic structures of the isotopes
226
Ra and 238U.

[3]

46 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

(d) Radium, like other Group II elements, forms a number of ionic compounds.
(i) What is the formula of the radium cation?
………………
(ii) Use the Data Booklet to suggest a value for the energy required to form
one mole of the gaseous radium cation you have given in (i) from one mole of
gaseous radium atoms. Explain your answer.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
12) June 2010 [21] Q (3)
3 This question refers to the elements shown in the portion of the Periodic
Table given below.

(a) From this table, identify in each case one element that has the property
described. Give the symbol of the element in each case.
(i) The element that has a molecule which contains exactly eight atoms.
............................................................
(ii) The element that forms the largest cation.
............................................................
(iii) An element that floats on water and reacts with it.
............................................................
(iv) An element that reacts with water to give a solution that can behave as an
oxidizing agent.
............................................................
(v) An element whose nitrate gives a brown gas on thermal decomposition.
............................................................ [5]
13) June 2010 [22] Q (1)
1 In the 19th and 20th centuries, experimental results showed scientists that
atoms consist of a positive, heavy nucleus which is surrounded by electrons.
Then in the 20th century, theoretical scientists explained how electrons are
arranged in orbitals around atoms.
(a) The diagram below represents the energy levels of the orbitals present in
atoms of the second period (Li to Ne).
(i) Label the energy levels to indicate the principal quantum number and the
type of orbital at each energy level.

47 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

(ii) On the axes below, draw a sketch diagram of one of each different type
(shape) of orbital that is occupied by the electrons in a second-period
element.
Label each type.

(iii) Complete the electronic configurations of nitrogen atoms and oxygen

atoms on the energy level diagrams below.
Use arrows to represent electrons.

[6]

48 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

(b) (i) Use the Data Booklet to state the value of the first ionisation energy of
nitrogen and of oxygen.
N ............................... kJ mol–1 O ............................... kJ mol–1
(ii) Explain, with reference to your answer to (a)(iii), the relative values of
these two ionisation energies.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
14) June 2010 [23] Q (2_ a, b)
2 The alkali metals are a series of six elements in Group I of the Periodic
Table. The first ionisation energy of these elements shows a marked trend as
the Group is descended.
(a) Define the term first ionisation energy.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) (i) State and explain the trend in first ionisation energy as Group I is
descended.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Suggest how this trend helps to explain the increase in the reactivity of the
elements as the Group is descended.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
15) Nov 2010 [23] Q (1_a, b, c)
1 The element magnesium, Mg, proton number 12, is a metal which is used in
many alloys which are strong and light.
Magnesium has several naturally occurring isotopes.
(a) What is meant by the term isotope?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]

49 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

(b) Complete the table below for two of the isotopes of magnesium.

A sample of magnesium had the following isotopic composition:

24
Mg, 78.60%; 25Mg, 10.11%; 26Mg, 11.29%.
(c) Calculate the relative atomic mass, Ar, of magnesium in the sample.
Express your answer to an appropriate number of significant figures.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
16) Nov 2011 [21] Q (2_a, b, c)
2 The Periodic Table we currently use is derived directly from that proposed in
1869 by Mendeleev who had noticed patterns in the physical and chemical
properties of the elements he had studied.
The diagram below shows the first ionisation energies of the first 18 elements
of the Periodic Table.

(a) Give the equation, including state symbols, for the first ionisation energy of
sulfur.
....................................................................................................................... [2]

50 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

(b) Explain why there is a general increase in first ionisation energies across
the Period from sodium to argon.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
(c) (i) Explain why the first ionisation energy of magnesium is greater than
that of aluminium.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Explain why the first ionisation energy of phosphorus is greater than that of
sulfur.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [4]
17) Nov 2011 [23] Q (1_a, b, c)
1 Sulfur, S, and polonium, Po, are both elements in Group VI of the Periodic
Table.
Sulfur has three isotopes.
(a) Explain the meaning of the term isotope.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) A sample of sulfur has the following isotopic composition by mass.

Calculate the relative atomic mass, Ar, of sulfur to two decimal places.

Ar = ..................................................
[2]
51 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)
Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

(c) Isotopes of polonium, proton number 84, are produced by the radioactive
decay of several elements including thorium, Th, proton number 90.
The isotope 213Po is produced from the thorium isotope 232Th.
213
Complete the table below to show the atomic structures of the isotopes Po
and 232Th.

[3]
18) Nov 2011 [23] Q (3_a, b, c)
3 The Periodic Table we currently use is derived directly from that proposed in
1869 by
Mendeleev who had noticed patterns in the physical and chemical properties
of the elements he had studied.
The diagram below shows the first ionisation energies of the first 18 elements
of the Periodic Table.

(a) Give the equation, including state symbols, for the first ionisation energy of
carbon.
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) (i) Explain why sodium has a lower first ionisation energy than
magnesium.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................

52 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

(ii) Explain why magnesium has a higher first ionisation energy than
aluminium.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) Explain why helium, He, and neon, Ne, occupy the two highest positions
on the diagram.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iv) Explain why the first ionisation energy of argon, Ar, is lower than that of
neon, which is lower than that of helium.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[8]
(c) (i) The first ionisation energies of the elements Na to Ar show a variation.
Some physical properties show similar variations.
The atomic radius of the elements decreases from Na to Cl.
Give a brief explanation of this variation.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) The cations formed by the elements Na to Al are smaller than the
corresponding atoms.
Give a brief explanation of this change.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
19) Nov 2013 [23] Q (3_b i)
(b) The halogens form many interhalogen compounds in which two different
halogens are combined. One such compound is bromine monochloride, BrCl.
(i) Complete the electronic configurations of chlorine and bromine.

53 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

20) June 2014 [21] Q (1_a, b, c)

1 (a) Explain what is meant by the term ionisation energy.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) The first seven ionisation energies of an element, A, in kJ mol–1, are

1012 1903 2912 4957 6274 21 269 25 398

(i) State the group of the Periodic Table to which A is most likely to belong.
Explain your answer.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Complete the electronic confi guration of the element in Period 2 that is in
the same group as A.
1s2 ................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Another element, Z, in the same period of the Periodic Table as A, reacts
with chlorine to form a compound with empirical formula ZCl2. The percentage
composition by mass of ZCl2 is Z, 31.13; Cl , 68.87.
(i) Define the term relative atomic mass.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Calculate the relative atomic mass, Ar, of Z.
Give your answer to three significant figures.

Ar of Z = ....................... [2]
21) June 2014 [22] Q (1_a, b, c)
1 (a) Explain what is meant by the term nucleon number.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]

54 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

(b) Bromine exists naturally as a mixture of two stable isotopes, 79Br and 81Br,
with relative isotopic masses of 78.92 and 80.92 respectively.
(i) Define the term relative isotopic mass.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Using the relative atomic mass of bromine, 79.90, calculate the relative
isotopic abundances of 79Br and 81Br.

[3]
(c) Bromine reacts with the element A to form a compound with empirical
formula ABr3. The percentage composition by mass of ABr3 is A, 4.31; Br,
95.69. Calculate the relative atomic mass, Ar, of A.
Give your answer to three significant figures.

Ar of A = ....................... [3]
22) Nov 2014 [21] Q (1_a, b)
1 (a) Successive ionisation energies for the elements magnesium to barium
are given in the table.

1st ionization 2nd ionization 3rd ionization

element
Energy/ KJmol−1 Energy/ KJmol−1 Energy/ KJmol−1

Mg 736 1450 7740

Ca 590 1150 4940

Sr 548 1060 4120

Ba 502 966 3390

55 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

(i) Explain why the first ionisation energies decrease down the group.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) Explain why, for each element, there is a large increase between the 2nd
and 3rd ionization energies.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) A sample of strontium, atomic number 38, gave the mass spectrum
shown. The percentage abundances are given above each peak.

(i) Complete the full electronic configuration of strontium.

1s2 2s2 2p6 .................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain why there are four different peaks in the mass spectrum of
strontium.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Calculate the atomic mass, Ar, of this sample of strontium.
Give your answer to three significant figures.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
Ar = ............................. [2]

56 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

23) Nov 2014 [23] Q (1_a)

1 (a) Successive ionisation energies for the elements fluorine, F, to bromine,
Br, are shown on the graph.

(i) Explain why the first ionisation energies decrease down the group.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) Explain why there is an increase in the successive ionisation energies of
fluorine.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
24) June 2015 [21] Q (1_a, b)
1 (a) Chemists recognise that atoms are made of three types of particle.
Complete the following table with their names and properties.

[3]

57 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

(b) The relative atomic mass of an element can be determined using data
from its mass spectrum.
The mass spectrum of element X is shown, with the percentage abundance of
each isotope labelled.

(i) Define the terms relative atomic mass and isotope.

relative atomic mass ..........................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
isotope ...............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
(ii) Use the data in the mass spectrum to calculate the relative atomic mass,
Ar, of X.
Give your answer to two decimal places and suggest the identity of X.

Ar of X ....................................
identity of X ....................................
[2]

58 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

25) June 2015 [22] Q (1_a, b)

1 (a) Chemists recognise that atoms are made of three types of particle.
Complete the following table with their names and properties.

[3]
(b) Most elements exist naturally as a mixture of isotopes, each with their own
relative isotopic mass. The mass spectrum of an element reveals the
abundances of these isotopes, which can be used to calculate the relative
atomic mass of the element.
Magnesium has three stable isotopes. Information about two of these isotopes
is given.

(i) Define the term relative isotopic mass.

percentage abundance = .................................

isotopic mass = .................................

[3]

59 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 2

26) June 2015 [23] Q (1_a, b, c)

1 Neon is a noble gas.
(a) Complete the full electronic configuration of neon.
1s2 ................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) (i) Explain what is meant by the term first ionisation energy.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) Explain why the first ionisation energy of neon is greater than that of
fluorine.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Neon has three stable isotopes.

(i) Define the term relative atomic mass.

mass number = ................................. [2]

60 2 – Atomic Structure Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

• Ionic bonding

• Covalent bonding

• Bonds of intermediate character

• Shapes of simple molecules

• Metallic bonding

• Intermolecular forces

61 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

1) June 2002 Q (2_c)

(c) Ethanol is miscible with water because of hydrogen bonding between
molecules of ethanol and water. Draw a diagram, including dipoles, to show
the hydrogen bonding between a molecule of ethanol and a molecule of
water.

[2]
2) Nov 2002 Q (3_a)
3 The oxides of the third period include the following:
Na2O; MgO; Al2O3; SO2; SO3.
(a) Showing outer electrons only, draw a dot-and-cross electron diagram for
magnesium oxide, MgO.

[1]
3) Nov 2003 Q (1_a, b)
1 (a) Salt, sodium chloride, forms transparent colourless crystals. Describe
the bonding in sodium chloride crystals, give the formula of each particle and
sketch part of the crystal structure.

[3]
(b) Explain why crystals of sodium chloride do not conduct electricity, but
molten sodium chloride does.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[2]

62 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

4) June 2004 Q (3_d)

(d) In the boxes below, draw diagrams to show the shapes of an ammonia
molecule and an ammonium ion. Clearly show the bond angles on your
diagrams.

Ammonia Ammonium ion

[4]
5) Nov 2004 Q (2_b)
2 The table below gives data on some oxides of elements in Period 3 of the
Periodic Table.

(b) Drawing diagrams where appropriate, suggest in terms of structure and

bonding, explanations for the following.
(i) the high melting point and boiling point of Al2O3

(ii) the low boiling point of SO3

63 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

(iii) the melting point of SiO2 is much higher than that of P4O10

[6]
6) June 2005 Q (2_c)
Hydrogen sulphide, H2S, is a foul-smelling compound found in the gases from
volcanoes.
Hydrogen sulphide is covalent, melting at –85 °C and boiling at –60 °C.
(c) (i) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram to show the structure of the H2S
molecule.
(ii) Predict the shape of the H2S molecule.
.............................................................
(iii) Oxygen and sulphur are both in Group VI of the Periodic Table.
Suggest why the melting and boiling points of water, H2O, are much higher
than those of H2S.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [4]
7) Nov 2005 Q (2_a, b)
2 Carbon disulphide, CS2, is a volatile, stinking liquid which is used to
manufacture viscose rayon and cellophane.
(a) The carbon atom is in the centre of the CS2 molecule.
Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram of the carbon disulphide molecule.
Show outer electrons only.

[2]

64 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

(b) Suggest the shape of the molecule and give its bond angle.
shape .........................................................

bond angle ................................................. [2]

8) June 2006 Q (2_a)

2 The unsaturated hydrocarbon ethyne (acetylene), C2H2, is widely used in
‘oxy-acetylene torches’ for cutting and welding metals. In the torch, ethyne is
burned in oxygen to produce a flame with a temperature of 3400 K.
(a) Ethyne is a linear molecule with a triple bond, C ≡ C, between the two
carbon atoms.
Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram of an ethyne molecule.

[1]
9) Nov 2006 Q (2_a, b)
2 Copper and iodine are both solids which have different physical and
chemical properties.
Each element has the same face-centred crystal structure which is shown
below.

The particles present in such a crystal may be atoms, molecules, anions or

cations. In the diagram above, the particles present are represented by .
(a) Which type of particles are present in the iodine crystal? Give their
formula.
particle ....................................
formula .................................... [2]

65 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

(a) Ethene and hydrazine have a similar arrangement of atoms but differently
shaped molecules.
(i) What is the H-C-H bond angle in ethene?
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for hydrazine.

(iii) What is the H-N-H bond angle in hydrazine?

............................................................................................................................
[4]

66 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

(b) The melting and boiling points of hydrazine are much higher than those of
ethene. Suggest reasons for these differences in terms of the intermolecular
forces each compound possesses.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[3]
(c) Explain, with the aid of a diagram showing lone pairs of electrons and
dipoles, why hydrazine is very soluble in ethanol.

[3]
11) Nov 2007 Q (1_a, b, c, d)
1 This question is about the bonding of covalent compounds.
(a) On the axes below, sketch the shapes of a 1s, a 2s, and a 2px orbital.

(b) Covalent bonding occurs when two atoms share a pair of electrons.
Covalent bonding may also be described in terms of orbital overlap with the
formation of σ bonds.
(i) How are the two atoms in a covalent bond held together? In your answer,
state which particles are attracted to one another and the nature of the force
of attraction.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................

67 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

(ii) Draw sketches to show orbital overlap that produces the σ bonding in the
H2 and HCl molecules.

H2 HCl

[4]
(c) The bond in the HCl molecule is said to be ‘polar’.
(i) What is meant by the term bond polarity?
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Explain why the HCl molecule is polar.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(d) The bonding in ethene may be described as a mixture of σ and π bonding.
Each carbon atom in ethene forms three σ bonds as shown below.

On the diagram, sketch the π bond that is also present in ethene. [1]
12) Nov 2007 Q (2_b)
2 This question concerns the chlorides of the elements sodium to phosphorus
of the third period of the Periodic Table.
The melting points of these chlorides are given below.

(b) Suggest, in terms of the structure and bonding, explanations for the
following.
You should draw diagrams where you think they will help your answer.

68 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

(i) the high melting point of sodium chloride

(iii) Draw a displayed formula of the form of aluminium chloride that exists at
the lower temperature. Indicate clearly the different types of bonds present.

[5]

69 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

13) June 2008 Q (1_a, b, c)

1 The structural formulae of water, methanol and methoxymethane,
CH3OCH3, are given below.

(a) (i) How many lone pairs of electrons are there around the oxygen atom in
methoxymethane?
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Suggest the size of the C–O–C bond angle in methoxymethane.
............................................................................................................................
[2]
The physical properties of a covalent compound, such as its melting point,
boiling point, vapour pressure, or solubility, are related to the strength of
attractive forces between the molecules of that compound.
These relatively weak attractive forces are called intermolecular forces. They
differ in their strength and include the following.
A interactions involving permanent dipoles
B interactions involving temporary or induced dipoles
C hydrogen bonds
(b) By using the letters A, B, or C, state the strongest intermolecular force
present in each of the following compounds.
For each compound, write the answer on the dotted line.

[4]
(c) Methanol and water are completely soluble in each other.
(i) Which intermolecular force exists between methanol molecules and water
molecules that makes these two liquids soluble in each other?
............................................................................................................................

70 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

(ii) Draw a diagram that clearly shows this intermolecular force. Your diagram
should show any lone pairs or dipoles present on either molecule that you
consider to be important.

[4]
14) Nov 2008 Q (2_a, i)
2 Ketene, C2H2O, is a member of a class of unsaturated organic compounds
that is widely used in pharmaceutical research for the synthesis of organic
compounds. CH2=C=O ketene
(a) (i) Suggest values for the H-C-H and C=C=O bond angles in ketene.
H-C-H ……………………………… C=C=O ……………………………………
15) June 2009 Q (1_b_iii, e)
(iii) At low temperatures, aluminium chloride vapour has the formula Al2Cl6.
Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram to show the bonding in Al2Cl6.
Show outer electrons only.
Represent the aluminium electrons by .
Represent the chlorine electrons by x.

[3]
(e) At room temperature, the chloride of titanium, A, is a liquid which does not
conduct electricity.
What does this information suggest about the bonding and structure in A?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]

71 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

16) June 2010 [21] Q (1_a, b, c, d)

1 Elements and compounds which have small molecules usually exist as
gases or liquids.
(a) Chlorine, Cl2, is a gas at room temperature whereas bromine, Br2, is a
liquid under the same conditions.
Explain these observations.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) The gases nitrogen, N2, and carbon monoxide, CO, are isoelectronic, that
is they have the same number of electrons in their molecules.
Suggest why N2 has a lower boiling point than CO.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) A ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram of a CO molecule is shown below. Only
electrons from outer shells are represented.

In the table below, there are three copies of this structure.

On the structures, draw a circle round a pair of electrons that is associated
with each of the following.

[3]
(d) Hydrogen cyanide, HCN, is a gas which is also isoelectronic with N2 and
with CO. Each molecule contains a strong triple bond with the following bond
energies.

72 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

Although each compound contains the same number of electrons and a

strong triple bond in its molecule, CO and HCN are both very reactive
whereas N2 is not.
Suggest a reason for this.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
17) June 2011 [21] Q (2_b)
(b) The boiling point of ethanol, C2H5OH, is higher than that of C2H5SH.
Suggest a reason for this difference.
............................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................... [1]

18) June 2011 [22] Q (3_e)

3 A greenhouse gas which is present in very small amounts in the
atmosphere is sulfur hexafluoride, SF6, which is used in high voltage electrical
switchgear.
(e) What shape is the SF6 molecule?
................................................... [1]
19) June 2011 [23] Q (2_e, f)
(e) Ethane, CH3CH3, and fluoromethane, CH3F are iso -electronic, that is they
have the same total number of electrons in their molecules.
Calculate the total number of electrons in one molecule of CH3F.

[1]
(f) The boiling points of these two compounds are given below.

73 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

Suggest explanations for the following.

(i) the close similarity of the boiling points of the two compounds
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) the slightly higher boiling point of CH3F
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
20) Nov 2011 [21] Q (2_d, e)
2 The table below refers to the elements of the third Period sodium to sulfur
and is incomplete.

(d) (i) Complete the ‘conductivity’ row by using only the words ‘high’,
‘moderate’ or ‘low’.
(ii) Complete the ‘melting point’ row by using only the words ‘high’ or ‘low’. [5]
When Mendeleev published his first Periodic Table, he left gaps for elements
that had yet to be discovered. He also predicted some of the physical and
chemical properties of these undiscovered elements.
For one element, E, he correctly predicted the following properties.
melting point of the element high
melting point of the oxide high
boiling point of the chloride low
The element E was in the fourth Period and was one of the elements from
gallium, proton number 31, to bromine, proton number 35.
(e) By considering the properties of the third Period elements aluminium to
chlorine, suggest the identity of the fourth Period element E.
..................................... [1]

74 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

21) June 2012 [21] Q (1_f)

(f) Another sulfur compound which is present in the Earth’s atmosphere is
carbonyl sulfide, OCS. The sequence of atoms in the molecule is oxygen-
carbon-sulfur and the molecule is not cyclic.

(i) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram of the OCS molecule.

Show outer electrons only.

(ii) Suggest a value for the O – C – S bond angle.

...................................
[2]
22) June 2012 [22] Q (1_c)
(c) Sulfur forms the compound S4N4 with nitrogen. The structure of S4N4 is
shown below.
Assume all bonds shown are single bonds.

(i) Determine the number of lone pairs of electrons around a nitrogen atom
and a sulfur atom in S4N4.
nitrogen atom ................................
sulfur atom ................................
(ii) Which bond angle, a or b, in the S4N4 molecule will be smaller? Explain
your answer.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]

75 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

23) June 2012 [23] Q (3_d)

3 With the prospect that fossil fuels will become increasingly scarce in the
future, many compounds are being considered for use in internal combustion
engines. One of these is DME or dimethyl ether, CH3OCH3. DME is a gas
which can be synthesised from methanol.
Methanol can be obtained from biomass, such as plant waste from
agriculture.
(d) DME is a gas at room temperature while ethanol is a liquid.
(i) Which intermolecular force exists between ethanol molecules, which
causes ethanol to be a liquid at room temperature?
.................................................
(ii) Draw a diagram that clearly shows this intermolecular force.
Your diagram should show any lone pairs or dipoles present that you consider
to be important. You should represent at least two molecules in your diagram.

[4]
24) Nov 2012 [21] Q (3_c)
(c) Ammonia is a weak base which forms salts containing the ammonium ion.
Describe, with the aid of an equation, the formation and structure of the
ammonium ion.
You should use displayed formulae in your answer.

[3]

76 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

25) June 2013 [21] Q (3_c)

(c) Fluorine reacts with other elements in Group VII to form a number of
different compounds.
Two such compounds and their boiling points are given in the table

(i) The two molecules have similar electronic configurations.

Showing outer electrons only, draw a 'dot-and-cross' diagram of the bonding
in Cl F3.

(ii) The two molecules have the same shape.

Suggest why the boiling points are significantly different.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[4]
26) June 2013 [22] Q (3_c)
(c) Chlorine reacts with both bromine and iodine to form BrCl and ICl
respectively.
The melting points of chlorine and the two chlorides are shown in the table.

(i) Showing outer electrons only draw a 'dot-and-cross' diagram of the

bonding in ICl .

77 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

(ii) Suggest why the melting points increase from Cl2 to ICl .
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) Suggest which of these three molecules has the largest permanent dipole.
Explain your answer.
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[5]
27) Nov 2013 [21] Q (1)
1 Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion theory (VSEPR) is a model of
electron-pair repulsion (including lone pairs) that can be used to deduce the
shapes of, and bond angles in, simple molecules.
(a) Complete the table below by using simple hydrogen-containing
compounds. One example has been included.

formula of a
number of number of shape of
molecule with
bond pairs lone pairs molecule
this shape

3 0 trigonal planar BH3

4 0

3 1

2 2

[3]
(b) Tellurium, Te, proton number 52, is used in photovoltaic cells.
When fluorine gas is passed over tellurium at 150 °C, the colourless gas TeF6
is formed.
(i) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram of the TeF6 molecule, showing outer
electrons only.

78 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

(ii) What will be the shape of the TeF6 molecule?

..........................................
(iii) What is the F–Te–F bond angle in TeF6?
.......................................... [3]
28) Nov 2013 [23] Q (1, 3_b ii)
1 Ammonia, NH3, and methane, CH4, are the hydrides of elements which are
next to one another in the Periodic Table.
(a) In the boxes below, draw the ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram of a molecule of
each of these compounds. Show outer electrons only.
State the shape of each molecule.

[3]
(b) Ammonia is polar whereas methane is non-polar. The physical properties
of the two compounds are different.
(i) Explain, using ammonia as the example, the meaning of the term bond
polarity.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Explain why the ammonia molecule is polar.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) State one physical property of ammonia which is caused by its polarity.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[4]

79 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

(c) When ammonia gas is mixed with hydrogen chloride, white, solid
ammonium chloride is formed.
State each type of bond that is present in one formula unit of ammonium
chloride and how many of each type are present.
You may draw diagrams.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
29) Nov 2013 [23] Q (3_a, b ii)
(b) The halogens form many interhalogen compounds in which two different
halogens are combined. One such compound is bromine monochloride, BrCl.
(i) Complete the electronic configurations of chlorine and bromine.

(ii) Draw a 'dot-and-cross' diagram of the BrCl molecule.

Show outermost electrons only.

[2]
(c) Interhalogen compounds like BrCl have similar properties to the halogens.
(i) By considering your answers to (a) and (b), predict the physical state of
BrCl at room temperature. Explain your answer.
physical state ............................................
explanation .........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
30) June 2014 [21] Q (1_e)
(e) Sulfur reacts with fluorine to form SF6. State the shape and bond angle of
SF6.
shape of SF6 ......................................................................................................
bond angle of SF6 ..............................................................................................
[2]

80 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

31) June 2014 [22] Q (1_e)

(e) Phosphorus reacts with chlorine to form PCl 5.
State the shape of and two different bond angles in a molecule of PCl 5.
shape of PCl 5 ....................................................................................................
bond angles in PCl 5 ............................ ............................
[2]
32) Nov 2014 [21] Q (2_c,i )
(c) (i) Sulfur dioxide and sulfur trioxide both contain only S=O double bonds.
Draw labelled diagrams to show the shapes of these two molecules.

SO2 SO3

[2]
(ii) For your diagrams in (i), name the shapes and suggest the bond angles.
SO2 shape ........................................... SO3 shape ............................................
SO2 bond angle .................................. SO3 bond angle ....................................
[2]
33) Nov 2014 [23] Q (2_c)
(c) Draw a three-dimensional diagram to show the shape of an ammonia
molecule. Name this shape and state the bond angle.

shape ................................................................ bond angle ........................ [3]

81 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

34) June 2015 [21] Q (1_c, ii, d)

(c) The element tellurium, Te, reacts with chlorine to form a single solid
product, with a relative formula mass of 270. The product contains 52.6%
chlorine by mass.
(ii) This chloride melts at 224 °C and reacts vigorously with water.
State the type of bonding and structure present in this chloride and explain
your reasoning.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) Sodium and silicon also react directly with chlorine to produce the
chlorides shown.

(i) Describe what you would see during the reaction between sodium and
chlorine.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Explain the differences between the melting points of these two chlorides
in terms of their structure and bonding. You should refer to the difference
between the electronegativities of the elements in your answer.
NaCl structure and bonding ...............................................................................
............................................................................................................................
SiCl4 structure and bonding ...............................................................................
............................................................................................................................
explanation .........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [4]

82 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 3

35) June 2015 [22] Q (1_d, i)

(d) The acid/base behaviour of the oxides in the third period varies across the
period.
(i) Describe this behaviour and explain it with reference to the structure and
bonding of sodium oxide, Na2O, aluminium oxide, Al 2O3, and sulfur trioxide,
SO3.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
36) June 2015 [23] Q (1_e)
(e) Neon and argon can both be obtained by fractional distillation of liquid air
as they have different boiling points.
Neon has a boiling point of 27.3 K. The boiling point of argon is 87.4 K.
(i) Name the force that has to be overcome in order to boil neon or argon and
explain what causes it.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) Explain why argon has a higher boiling point than neon.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]

83 3 – Chemical Bonding Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 4

• The states of matter

• Real and ideal gases

• The behavior of ideal gases

• The ideal gas law

• Measuring the relative molecular mass of a

volatile liquid

• The modern uses of materials

• The effect of structure and bonding on

physical properties

84 4 – States of Matter Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 4

1) June 2003 Q (2)

2 This question is about the physical chemistry of gases, with particular
emphasis on the inert gas argon. Argon exists in the atmosphere as single
atoms.
(a) State two of the assumptions of the kinetic theory as applied to an inert
gas.
(i) ........................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) .......................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) How many atoms of argon are present in one mole of the gas?
........................................................................................................................[1]
(c) You are to calculate the percentage of the volume occupied by the atoms
themselves in one mole of argon at room temperature and pressure.
(i) Use the Data Booklet to calculate the volume of one atom of argon.

(ii) Use your answer to (c)(i) to calculate the volume of one mole of argon
atoms.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) State the volume occupied by one mole of argon (assume it to behave as
an ideal gas) at room temperature and pressure.
............................................................................................................................
(iv) What percentage of this volume is occupied by the atoms themselves?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(v) Explain how your answer to (c)(iv) justifies one of your assumptions in (a).
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[5]

85 4 – States of Matter Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 4

2) June 2004 Q (1)

1 (a) State two assumptions of ideal gas behaviour.
(i) ........................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) .......................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[2]
Use of the Data Booklet is relevant in (b) and (c).
(b) The ideal gas equation is pV = nRT. Explain as fully as you can the
meaning of the following terms, and give the units for each to correspond with
the value of R given in the Data Booklet.
(i) p .....................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) V ...................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) T ..................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[6]
(c) (i) When an evacuated glass bulb of volume 63.8 cm3 is filled with a gas at
24 °C and 99.5 kPa, the mass increases by 0.103 g. Deduce whether the gas
is ammonia, nitrogen or argon.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Explain why ammonia is the most likely of these three gases to deviate
from ideal gas behaviour.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[5]

86 4 – States of Matter Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 4

3) June 2006 Q (2_b)

4) Nov 2006 Q (2_a, b)

2 Copper and iodine are both solids which have different physical and
chemical properties.
Each element has the same face-centred crystal structure which is shown
below.

The particles present in such a crystal may be atoms, molecules, anions or

cations. In the diagram above, the particles present are represented by
(a) Which type of particles are present in the iodine crystal? Give their
formula.
particle ....................................
formula .................................... [2]

87 4 – States of Matter Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 4

(b) When separate samples of copper or iodine are heated to 50 °C, the
copper remains as a solid while the iodine turns into a vapour.
(i) Explain, in terms of the forces present in the solid structure, why copper
remains a solid at 50 °C.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Explain, in terms of the forces present in the solid structure, why iodine
turns into a vapour when heated to 50 °C.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[4]
5) Nov 2009 [22] Q (1)
1 The elements carbon and silicon are both in Group IV of the Periodic Table.
Carbon is the second most abundant element by mass in the human body
and silicon is the second most common element in the Earth’s crust.
Carbon and silicon each form an oxide of general formula XO2.
At room temperature, CO2 is a gas while SiO2 is a solid with a high melting
point.
(a) Briefly explain, in terms of the chemical bonds and intermolecular forces
present in each compound, why CO2 is a gas and SiO2 is a solid at room
temperature.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) Draw a simple diagram to show the structure of SiO2. Your diagram should
contain at least two silicon atoms and show clearly how many bonds each
atom forms.

[2]

88 4 – States of Matter Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 4

CO2 does not behave as an ideal gas.

(c) (i) State the basic assumptions of the kinetic theory as applied to an ideal
gas.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Suggest one reason why CO2 does not behave as an ideal gas.
............................................................................................................................
[5]
Carbon exists in a number of forms, one of which is a conductor of electricity
and one of which is a non-conductor of electricity. Silicon is the main
component of most semi-conductors.
(d) Graphite is the form of carbon that is a conductor of electricity. Give a
simple explanation for this property.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
When carbon and silicon(IV) oxide are heated together at about 2000 °C,
silicon carbide, SiC, is formed. Silicon carbide is a hard material which is
widely used as an abrasive and in ceramics.

(e) (i) Construct an equation for the reaction of carbon and silicon(IV) oxide.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) SiC has a similar structure to one of the common forms of carbon.
Which form is this? Give a reason for your answer.
form ...........................................................
reason ................................................................................................................
[2]
6) June 2010 [22] Q (2_b)
(b) When vaporised in a suitable apparatus, 0.130 g of E occupied a volume
of 58.0 cm3 at 127 °C and 1.00 × 105 N m–2.

(i) Use the expression

89 4 – States of Matter Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 4

Mr to calculate Mr of E, where m is the mass of E.

............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Hence calculate the molecular formula of E.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[4]
7) June 2011 [21] Q (1_d, e)
Bicycles may be carried on commercial airliners. When carried on airliners,
bicycles are placed in the luggage hold. This is a part of the aircraft which, in
flight, will have different temperatures and air pressures from those at sea
level.
This question concerns the change in pressure in an inflated bicycle tyre from
when it is at sea level to when it is in the hold of an airliner in flight.
(d) At sea level and a temperature of 20 °C an inflated bicycle tyre contains
710 cm3 of air at an internal pressure of 6 ×105 Pa.
Use the general gas equation PV = nRT to calculate the amount, in moles, of
air in the tyre at sea level.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[2]

90 4 – States of Matter Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 4

The same bicycle, with its tyres inflated at sea level as described in (d) above,
is placed in the luggage hold of an airliner. At a height of 10 000 m, the
temperature in the luggage hold is 5 °C and the air pressure is 2.8 ×104 Pa.
(e) Assuming the volume of the tyre does not change, use your answer to (d)
to calculate the pressure inside the tyre at a height of 10 000 m.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
8) June 2011 [23] Q (2_a, b, c, d)
2 The kinetic theory of gases is used to explain the large scale (macroscopic)
properties of gases by considering how individual molecules behave.
(a) State two basic assumptions of the kinetic theory as applied to an ideal
gas.
(i) ........................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) .......................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[2]
(b) State two conditions under which the behaviour of a real gas approaches
that of an ideal gas.
(i) ........................................................................................................................
(ii) ...................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Place the following gases in decreasing order of ideal behaviour.
ammonia, neon, nitrogen
most ideal ....................................................................................... least ideal
Explain your answer.
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[3]
(d) By using the kinetic-molecular model, explain why a liquid eventually
becomes a gas as the temperature is increased.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]

91 4 – States of Matter Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 4

9) Nov 2011 [22] Q (1_b)

(c) When a 0.148 g sample of A was vapourised at 60 °C, the vapour
occupied a volume of 67.7 cm3 at a pressure of 101 kPa.
(i) Use the general gas equation pV = nRT to calculate Mr of A.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
Mr =......................
(ii) Hence calculate the molecular formula of A.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
10) Nov 2013 [21] Q (5_b)
(d) A 125 cm3 sample of propane gas, measured at 20 °C and 101 kPa, was
completely burnt in air.
The heat produced raised the temperature of 200 g of water by 13.8 °C.
Assume no heat losses occurred during this experiment.
(i) Use the equation pV = nRT to calculate the mass of propane used.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]

92 4 – States of Matter Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 4

11) June 2015 [21] Q (2_a, b)

2 The relationship pV = nRT can be derived from the laws of mechanics by
assuming ideal behavior for gases.
(a) The graph represents the relationship between pV and p for a real gas at
three different temperatures, T1, T2 and T3.

(i) Draw one line on the graph to show what the relationship should be for the
same amount of an ideal gas. [1]
(ii) State and explain, with reference to the graph, which of T1, T2 or T3 is the
lowest temperature.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Explain your answer to (ii) with reference to intermolecular forces.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(iv) State and explain the effect of pressure on the extent to which a gas
deviates from ideal behaviour.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) A flask with a volume of 100 cm3 was first weighed with air filling the flask,
and then with another gas, Y, fi lling the fl ask. The results, measured at 26 °C
and 1.00 × 105 Pa, are shown.
Mass of flask containing air = 47.930 g
Mass of flask containing Y = 47.989 g
Density of air = 0.00118 g cm–3

93 4 – States of Matter Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 4

Calculate the relative molecular mass, Mr, of Y.

Mr of Y = .................................... [4]
12) June 2015 [23] Q (1_d)
(d) A mixture of neon and argon has a mass of 0.275 g. The mixture was
placed in a gas syringe at a temperature of 25 °C and a pressure of 100 kPa.
Under these conditions the mixture was found to occupy a volume of 200 cm3.
(i) Calculate the average Mr of the mixture.

average Mr = ................................. [2]

(ii) Use your answer to (i) to calculate the percentage of neon in the mixture.
Give your answer to three significant figures.

percentage of neon = ................................. % [1]

94 4 – States of Matter Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

• Exothermic and endothermic reactions

• Enthalpy and enthalpy changes

• Bond making and breaking and enthalpy change

• Measuring energy transfers and enthalpy changes

• Enthalpy changes by different routers "Hess's Law

95 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

1) June 2002 Q (2_a, b)

2 Ethanol, C2H5OH, is a most important industrial chemical and is used as a
solvent, a fuel and an intermediate in large scale organic synthesis.
Ethanol is prepared industrially by the reaction of ethene and steam in the
presence of a catalyst.

The standard enthalpy change of the reaction can be determined by using the
standard enthalpy changes of combustion, ∆Hc, at 298 K.

(a) Calculate the standard enthalpy change for the following reaction.

............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................
(b) (i) Define the term standard enthalpy change of combustion.

............................................................................................................................

(ii) Explain why the state symbols for water and ethanol given in the equation
in (a) have been changed from those quoted in the industrial process.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(iii) Write the equation for the complete combustion of ethanol.

............................................................................................................................

[4]

96 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

2) Nov 2002 Q (4_d, e)

4 Ammonia is manufactured from nitrogen and hydrogen by the Haber
process.
Hydrogen is usually obtained by reacting methane and steam; the by-product
is carbon monoxide.
(d) Most of the ammonia produced which is not used as fertiliser, is oxidised
to nitric acid, HNO3.
Construct an equation for the oxidation of ammonia by atmospheric oxygen to
form nitric acid.
........................................................................................................................[1]

(e) Urea, CO(NH2)2, is a naturally occurring substance which can be

hydrolysed with water to form ammonia according to the following equation.

The standard enthalpy changes of formation of water, urea, carbon dioxide

and ammonia (in aqueous solution) are given below.

Use these data to calculate the standard enthalpy change for the hydrolysis of
urea.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[2]

97 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

3) Nov 2003 Q (3_a, b, c)

3 (a) (i) what is meant by the standard enthalpy change of formation, ∆H f, of a
compound?
Explain what is meant by the term standard.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) Write an equation, with state symbols, for the ∆Hf of water.
............................................................................................................................

(iii) Explain why the ∆Hf for water is identical to the standard enthalpy change
of combustion of hydrogen.
............................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................[4]

(b) When calcium is placed in water, aqueous calcium hydroxide is formed

and hydrogen is given off.
(i) Write the equation for the reaction of calcium with water.
............................................................................................................................

(ii) When 1.00 g of calcium is placed in 200 g of water, the temperature

increases by 12.2 °C when the reaction is completed. The specific heat
capacity of water, c, is 4.2 J g–1K–1.
Calculate the heat released in the experiment
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

98 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

(iii) Calculate the standard enthalpy change of reaction in k J mol–1 for your
equation in
(b)(i).
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[4]
(c) (i) State Hess’ Law.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) Use Hess’ Law and your result in (b)(iii) to calculate the ∆Hf of
Ca(OH)2(aq). You also need the ∆Hf of water which is –286 k J mol–1.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[4]

99 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

4) Nov 2004 Q (1_d)

(d) (i) Explain how enthalpy changes, ∆H values, for covalent bonded
molecules can be calculated from bond energies.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Use bond energies from the Data Booklet to calculate ∆H for the following
dissociation.
2 HI(g) 
→ H2(g) + I2(g)
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
5) Nov 2005 Q (2_c, d)
(c) Explain the term standard enthalpy change of formation, ∆Hf .
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................... [3]

(d) Calculate the standard enthalpy change of formation of CS2 from the
following data.
standard enthalpy change of formation of SO2 = –298 kJ mol–1
standard enthalpy change of formation of CO2 = –395 kJ mol–1
standard enthalpy change of combustion of CS2 = –1110 kJ mol–1
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]

100 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

6) June 2006 Q (2_d, e)

2 The unsaturated hydrocarbon ethyne (acetylene), C2H2, is widely used in
‘oxy-acetylene torches’ for cutting and welding metals. In the torch, ethyne is
burned in oxygen to produce a flame with a temperature of 3400 K.
(d) The equation for the complete combustion of ethyne is given below.
Use appropriate bond energy data from the Data Booklet to calculate a value
for the enthalpy change of combustion of ethyne.
C2H2(g) + 5
2 O2(g) 
→ 2 CO2(g) + H2O(g)

............................................................................................................................

[3]

(e) The value for the standard enthalpy change of combustion of ethyne
is –1300 kJ mol–1.
(i) Define the term standard enthalpy change of combustion.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) Explain why your answer to (d) does not have the same value as the
standard enthalpy change of combustion.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[3]

101 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

7) Nov 2006 Q (4_d, e)

The unsaturated hydrocarbon Z is obtained by cracking hexane and is
important in the chemical industry.
The standard enthalpy change of combustion of Z is –2059 kJ mol–1.
(d) Define the term standard enthalpy change of combustion.
............................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................... [2]

When 0.47 g of Z were completely burnt in air, the heat produced raised the
temperature of 200 g of water by 27.5 °C.
(e) (i) Calculate the amount of heat released in this experiment.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) Use the data above and your answer to (i) to calculate the relative
molecular mass of Z.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[4]

102 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

8) Nov 2007 Q (1_e)

(e) Carbon, hydrogen and ethene each burn exothermically in an excess of air.

Use the data to calculate the standard enthalpy change of formation, ∆H of ,

in kJ mol–1, of ethene at 298 K.

9) Nov 2008 Q (2_c)

(c) (i) Define the term standard enthalpy change of formation.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) Use the data below to calculate the standard enthalpy change of formation
of ketene.

103 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

............................................................................................................................

[6]
10) June 2009 Q (2_a)
2 Magnesium will react on heating with chlorine, or oxygen, or nitrogen to give
the chloride, or oxide, or nitride respectively. Each of these compounds is
ionic and in them magnesium has the same +2 oxidation state.
(a) (i) Write an equation, with state symbols, for the second ionisation energy
of magnesium.
............................................................................................................................

(ii) Use the Data Booklet to calculate the enthalpy change that occurs when
one mole of gaseous magnesium ions, Mg2+, is formed from one mole of
gaseous magnesium atoms.
Include a sign in your answer.
enthalpy change = ……………… kJ mol–1

[3]
11) Nov 2009 Q (3_a)
3 Alkanes such as methane, CH4, undergo few chemical reactions. Methane
will, however, react with chlorine but not with iodine.
Relevant standard enthalpy changes of formation for the reaction of methane
with chlorine to form chloromethane, CH3Cl, are given below.

(a) (i) Use the data to calculate ∆H reaction for the formation of CH3Cl.
CH 4 + Cl 2 
→ CH 3Cl + HCl

104 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

............................................................................................................................

(ii) The corresponding reaction with iodine does not take place.
Use bond energy data from the Data Booklet to calculate a ‘theoretical value’
for ∆Hreaction for the following equation.
CH 4 + I2 
→ CH 3I + HI

............................................................................................................................

12) June 2010 [23] Q (1_a, b)

1 Hydrazine, N2H4, can be used as a rocket fuel and is stored as a liquid. It
reacts exothermically with oxygen to give only gaseous products.
The enthalpy change of a reaction such as that between hydrazine and
oxygen may be calculated by using standard enthalpy changes of formation.
(a) Define the term standard enthalpy change of formation, ∆Hf.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................... [3]

(b) Hydrazine reacts with oxygen according to the following equation.

(i) Use the data in the table to calculate the standard enthalpy change of this
reaction.

105 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

............................................................................................................................

∆H = ........................................ kJ mol–1

(ii) Although the above reaction is highly exothermic, hydrazine does not burn
spontaneously in oxygen.
Suggest a reason for this.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(iii) Suggest why using hydrazine as a rocket fuel could be regarded as being
‘environmentally friendly’.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[4]

13) Nov 2010 [21] Q (3_d)

The unsaturated hydrocarbon, E, is obtained by cracking hexane and is
important in the chemical industry.
The standard enthalpy change of combustion of E is –2059 kJ mol–1.
(d) Define the term standard enthalpy change of combustion.
............................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................... [2]

106 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

When 0.47 g of E was completely burnt in air, the heat produced raised the
temperature of 200 g of water by 27.5 °C. Assume no heat losses occurred
during this experiment.
(e) (i) Use relevant data from the Data Booklet to calculate the amount of heat
released in this experiment.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) Use the data above and your answer to (i) to calculate the relative
molecular mass, Mr, of E.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[4]
14) June 2011 [22] Q (2_a, b)
2 Halogenoalkanes have been widely used as aerosol propellants,
refrigerants and solvents for many years.
Fluoroethane, CH3CH2F, has been used as a refrigerant. It may be made by
reacting ethane with hydrogen fluoride.
You are to calculate a value for the C–F bond energy in fluoroethane.
(a) Use relevant bond energies from the Data Booklet, and the equation below
to calculate a value for the bond energy of the C–F bond.

107 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

15) Nov 2011 [21] Q (3)

3 For some chemical reactions, such as the thermal decomposition of
potassium hydrogencarbonate, KHCO3, the enthalpy change of reaction
cannot be measured directly.
In such cases, the use of Hess’ Law enables the enthalpy change of reaction
to be calculated from the enthalpy changes of other reactions.
(a) State Hess’ Law.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
In order to determine the enthalpy change for the thermal decomposition of
potassium hydrogencarbonate, two separate experiments were carried out.

experiment 1

30.0 cm3 of 2.00 mol dm–3 hydrochloric acid (an excess) was placed in a
conical flask and the temperature recorded as 21.0 °C.
When 0.0200 mol of potassium carbonate, K2CO3, was added to the acid and
the mixture stirred with a thermometer, the maximum temperature recorded
was 26.2 °C.
(b) (i) Construct a balanced equation for this reaction.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Calculate the quantity of heat produced in experiment 1, stating your
units.
Use relevant data from the Data Booklet and assume that all solutions have
the same specific heat capacity as water.

(iii) Use your answer to (ii) to calculate the enthalpy change per mole of
K2CO3.
Give your answer in kJ mol–1 and include a sign in your answer.

(iv) Explain why the hydrochloric acid must be in an excess.

108 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

experiment 2

The experiment was repeated with 0.0200 mol of potassium

hydrogencarbonate, KHCO3.
All other conditions were the same.
In the second experiment, the temperature fell from 21.0 °C to 17.3 °C.
(c) (i) Construct a balanced equation for this reaction.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Calculate the quantity of heat absorbed in experiment 2.

(iii) Use your answer to (ii) to calculate the enthalpy change per mole of
KHCO3.
Give your answer in kJ mol–1 and include a sign in your answer.

[3]
(d) When KHCO3 is heated, it decomposes into K2CO3, CO2 and H2O.
2KHCO 3 
→ K 2CO 3 + CO 2 + H 2O
Use Hess’ Law and your answers to (b)(iii) and (c)(iii) to calculate the
enthalpy change for this reaction.
Give your answer in kJ mol–1 and include a sign in your answer.

[2]

109 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

16) June 2012 [21] Q (3_a, b)

3 Methanol, CH3OH, is considered to be a possible alternative to fossil fuels,
particularly for use in vehicles.
Methanol can be produced from fossil fuels and from agricultural waste. It can
also be synthesised from carbon dioxide and hydrogen.
(a) Define, with the aid of an equation which includes state symbols, the
standard enthalpy change of formation of carbon dioxide.
equation .............................................................................................................
definition .............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
Φ
(b) Relevant ∆H f values for the reaction that synthesises methanol are given
in the table.

Φ
(i) Use these values to calculate ∆H reaction for this synthesis of methanol.

Include a sign in your answer.

 CH 3OH ( g ) + H 2O ( g )
CO 2( g ) + 3H 2( g ) 

Φ
∆H reaction = .......................................kJ mol–1
(ii) Suggest one possible environmental advantage of this reaction. Explain
your answer.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................

[5]

110 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

17) June 2012 [22] Q (2_a, b)

2 Alcohols such as methanol, CH3OH, are considered to be possible
replacements for fossil fuels because they can be used in car engines.
(a) Define, with the aid of an equation which includes state symbols, the
Φ
standard enthalpy change of combustion, ∆H c , for methanol at 298 K.
equation .............................................................................................................
definition .............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]

Methanol may be synthesised from carbon monoxide and hydrogen. Relevant

∆H cΦ values for this reaction are given in the table below.

Φ
(b) Use these values to calculate ∆H reaction for the synthesis of methanol,
using the following equation. Include a sign in your answer.
CO ( g ) + 2H 2( g ) 
→ CH 3OH ( g )

Φ
∆H reaction = ....................................kJ mol–1
[3]

111 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

18) June 2012 [23] Q (3_a, b)

3 With the prospect that fossil fuels will become increasingly scarce in the
future, many compounds are being considered for use in internal combustion
engines. One of these is DME or dimethyl ether, CH3OCH3. DME is a gas
which can be synthesised from methanol.
Methanol can be obtained from biomass, such as plant waste from
agriculture.
(a) Define, with the aid of an equation which includes state symbols, the
Φ
standard enthalpy change of combustion, ∆H c , for DME at 298 K.
equation .............................................................................................................
definition .............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) DME may be synthesised from methanol. Relevant enthalpy changes of
Φ
formation, ∆H f , for this reaction are given in the table below.

Φ
Use these values to calculate ∆H reaction for the synthesis of DME, using the
following equation. Include a sign in your answer.
2CH 3OH ( l ) 
→ CH 3OCH 3( g ) + H 2O ( l )

Φ
∆H reaction = ........................................... kJ mol–1
[3]

112 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

19) June 2013 [21] Q (2_c)

2 (c) The standard enthalpy changes of formation of NH3(g) and H2O(g) are as
follows.

Θ
Use these data and the value of ∆H reaction given below to calculate the
standard enthalpy change of formation of NO(g).
Include a sign in your answer.

20) June 2013 [23] Q (1_b, c)

(b) Carbon disulfide is readily combusted to give CO2 and SO2.
(i) Construct a balanced equation for the complete combustion of CS2.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Define the term standard enthalpy change of combustion, .
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
(c) Calculate the standard enthalpy change of formation of CS2 from the
following data.
Include a sign in your answer.
standard enthalpy change of combustion of CS2 = –1110 kJ mol–1
standard enthalpy change of formation of CO2 = –395 kJ mol–1
standard enthalpy change of formation of SO2 = –298 kJ mol–1

[3]

113 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

21) Nov 2013 [21] Q (5_b, c, d)

5 Propane, C3H8, and butane, C4H10, are components of Liquefied Petroleum
Gas (LPG) which is widely used as a fuel for domestic cooking and heating.
(b) When propane or butane is used in cooking, the saucepan may become
covered by a solid black deposit.
(i) What is the chemical name for this black solid?
......................................................
(ii) Write a balanced equation for its formation from butane.
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Propane and butane have different values of standard enthalpy change of
combustion.
Define the term standard enthalpy change of combustion.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) A 125 cm3 sample of propane gas, measured at 20 °C and 101 kPa, was
completely burnt in air.
The heat produced raised the temperature of 200 g of water by 13.8 °C.
Assume no heat losses occurred during this experiment.
(i) Use the equation pV = nRT to calculate the mass of propane used.

(ii) Use relevant data from the Data Booklet to calculate the amount of heat
released in this experiment.

(iii) Use the data above and your answers to (i) and (ii) to calculate the
energy produced by the burning of 1 mol of propane.

[5]

114 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

22) Nov 2013 [23] Q (2_c, d)

2 Petrol and diesel fuel are both used in internal combustion engines.
Petrol may be regarded as having the formula C9H20 and diesel fuel as having
the formulaC14H30.
(c) Define the term standard enthalpy change of combustion.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) A 1.00 cm3 sample of C14H30 was completely burnt in air.
The heat produced raised the temperature of 250 g of water by 34.6 °C.
Assume no heat losses occurred during this experiment.
The density of C14H30 is 0.763 g cm–3.
(i) Use relevant data from the Data Booklet to calculate the amount of heat
released in this experiment.

(ii) Use the data above and your answer to (i) to calculate the energy
produced by the combustion of 1 mol of C14H30.

[5]

115 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 5

23) June 2015 [21] Q (3_a)

3 Ethanal reacts with hydrogen cyanide, in the presence of a small amount of
NaCN, as shown.
CH3CHO + HCN 
→ CH3CH(OH)CN
(a) Use bond energies from the Data Booklet to calculate the enthalpy change
for this reaction.
Include a sign with your answer.

enthalpy change = .................................... kJ mol–1 [3]

24) June 2015 [22] Q (3_a)
3 Ethane reacts with chlorine to form chloroethane.
C2H6(g) + Cl2(g) 
→ C2H5Cl(g) + HCl(g)
(a) (i) Use bond energies from the Data Booklet to calculate the enthalpy
change for this reaction.
Include a sign in your answer.

enthalpy change = ................................. kJ mol–1 [3]

(ii) State the conditions needed for this reaction to occur.
....................................................................................................................... [1]

116 5 – Energetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 6

• Oxidation states of elements

• Redox: oxidation and reduction reactions

• Balancing redox reactions

117 6 – Electrochemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 6

1) June 2004 Q (2_b)

2 Compounds of phosphorus have many uses in everyday life, e.g. fertilisers,
matches and in water softeners.
(b) Phosphoric acid, H3PO4, is used in the manufacture of phosphate
fertilisers.
Deduce the oxidation number of phosphorus in H3PO4.
........................................................................................................................[1]

2) June 2004 Q (3_e)

(e) Ammonia does not burn in air but will burn in pure oxygen.
(i) Balance the equation for this reaction:

(ii) Use oxidation numbers to explain why this is a redox reaction.

3) June 2005 Q (2_d, i, ii)

Hydrogen sulphide burns with a blue flame in an excess of oxygen to form
sulphur dioxide and water.
(d) (i) Write a balanced equation for the complete combustion of H2S.
............................................................................................................................

(ii) What is the change in the oxidation number of sulphur in this reaction?
from .................................................... to ...........................................................

4) June 2009 [21] Q (2_c)

(c) Magnesium burns in nitrogen to give magnesium nitride, a yellow solid
which has the formula Mg3N2.
Magnesium nitride reacts with water to give ammonia and magnesium
hydroxide.
(i) Construct an equation for the reaction of magnesium nitride with water.
............................................................................................................................

(ii) Does a redox reaction occur when magnesium nitride reacts with water?
Use the oxidation numbers of nitrogen to explain your answer.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................

118 6 – Electrochemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 6

............................................................................................................................

6) Nov 2009 [22] Q (2_a, b, v)

2 The elements of the third period of the Periodic Table form chlorides of
general formula ECl x where E represents the element. These chlorides show
a variation in oxidation number from sodium to sulfur.
(a) (i) Use the information given to complete the table below.

formula of chloride NaCl MgCl2 AlCl3 SiCl4 PCl3 SCl2

oxidation number of element in the

chloride

(ii) By considering the electron configurations of the elements, explain the

variation in oxidation number in the chlorides from Na to Al and from Si to S.
Na to Al ..............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

Si to S ................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[5]

119 6 – Electrochemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 6

(v) The metals magnesium and aluminium form hydrides with formulae MgH2
and AlH3. The non-metals phosphorus and sulfur form hydrides with formulae
PH3 and H2S.
By considering their positions in the Periodic Table, suggest oxidation
numbers for these four elements in their hydrides.

compound MgH2 AlH3 PH3 H2S

oxidation number of element in

the hydride

[2]
7) Nov 2010 [23] Q (2_d)
(d) Most of the sulfur that is used in the Contact process is recovered from
sulfur compounds present in crude oil and natural gas by using the Claus
process.
(i) In this process, about one third of the hydrogen sulfide, H2S, present in the
oil or gas, is converted into sulfur dioxide, SO2.
Balance the equation for this reaction.

(ii) The SO2 formed is then reacted catalytically with the remaining H2S,
producing sulfur and water.

What are the oxidation numbers of each of the sulfur-containing substances in

this reaction?

Which substance is reduced? Explain your answer.

substance .............

explanation .................................................................................................... [3]

8) June 2013 [22] Q (2_b)

(b) The above reaction is an example of a redox reaction.
What are the oxidation numbers of nitrogen in NaNO3 and in NH3?
NaNO3 ....................... NH3 .......................
[1]

120 6 – Electrochemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 6

9) June 2013 [23] Q (1_d)

(d) Carbon disulfide reacts with nitrogen monoxide, NO, in a 1:2 molar ratio.
A yellow solid and two colourless gases are produced.
(i) Construct a balanced equation for the reaction.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) What is the change in the oxidation number of sulfur in this reaction?
from ..................................................... to .....................................................
[3]
10) June 2014 [21] Q (2_a)
(a) The MnO4– ions in the potassium manganate(VII) oxidise the Fe2+ ions in
the acidifi ed solution.
(i) Explain, in terms of electron transfer, the meaning of the term oxidise in the
sentence above.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Complete and balance the ionic equation for the reaction between the
manganate(VII) ions and the iron(II) ions.
MnO 4− (aq ) + 5Fe 2+ (aq ) + ....H + (aq ) → .....(aq ) + 5Fe 3+ (aq ) + ....H 2O ( l )
[3]
11) June 2014 [22] Q (2_a)
(a) The MnO4 – ions in the potassium manganate(VII) oxidise the ethanedioate
ions.
(i) Explain, in terms of electron transfer, the meaning of the term oxidise in the
sentence above.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Complete and balance the ionic equation for the reaction between the
manganate(VII) ions and the ethanedioate ions.
2MnO 4− (aq ) + 5C 2O 4 2− (aq ) + ....H + (aq )
→ .....(aq ) + 10CO 2(aq ) + ....H 2O ( l )
[3]
12) Nov 2014 [21] Q (1_c)
(c) A compound of barium, A, is used in fireworks as an oxidising agent and
to produce a green colour.
(i) Explain, in terms of electron transfer, what is meant by the term oxidising
agent.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]

121 6 – Electrochemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 6

13) June 2015 [23] Q (2_b, iv)

(iv) Apart from lithium nitrate, the nitrates of the Group I elements decompose
in a different way to those of the Group II elements.
The equation for the thermal decomposition of potassium nitrate is
2 KNO3 
→ 2 KNO2 + O2
By identifying any changes in oxidation number, explain which element is
reduced and which is oxidised in this decomposition.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]

122 6 – Electrochemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

• Reversible Reactions
• Le Chatelier's principle
• Equilibrium in organic reactions
• Finding the balance
• Kc and Le Chatelier's principle
• Equilibrium constant and pressure change
• The Haber's and calculating Kp
• Using Kc and Kp
• Acids and their reactions
• Definitions of acids and bases
• The role of water
• Base behavior and neutralization

123 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

1) Nov 2002 Q (2_b, c)

(b) Ethanoic acid, CH3CO2H, reacts with ethanol, C2H5OH, to produce ethyl
ethanoate and water. The reaction is an example of dynamic equilibrium.

(i) Explain what is meant by dynamic equilibrium.

............................................................................................................................

(ii) Write an expression for the equilibrium constant, Kc, for this reaction.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[2]
(c) A mixture of 6.0 g of ethanoic acid and 6.0 g of ethanol was added to 4.4 g
of ethyl ethanoate and the overall mixture allowed to reach equilibrium. It was
found that 0.040 mol of ethanoic acid was present in the equilibrium mixture.
(i) Calculate the number of moles of each compound, both initially and at
equilibrium.
Place the results in the spaces provided.

(ii) Calculate the equilibrium constant, Kc, for the reaction.

............................................................................................................................

(iii) Explain why Kc in this reaction has no units.

........................................................................................................................[4]

124 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

2) June 2003 Q (3_d)

3 In the Haber process, ammonia is synthesised from its elements.
(d) Under certain conditions the equilibrium pressures of the three gases are
nitrogen 44.8 atm,
hydrogen 105.6 atm,
ammonia 37.2 atm.
(i) Write an expression for the equilibrium constant, Kp, for the Haber
Process.
………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii) Calculate Kp from these data, giving the units.

………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………

[4]
3) Nov 2004 Q (1_a, b, c)
1 Hydrogen iodide dissociates into its elements according to the equation
below.
2HI(g)  H2(g)
 + I2(g)
(a) Write the expression for the equilibrium constant, Kc.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[1]

125 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

(b) At 120 °C the equilibrium mixture contains 1.47 mol dm–3 of HI(g), 0.274
mol dm–3 each of H2(g) and I2(g).
Calculate the value of Kc for the equilibrium at 120 °C.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[1]
(c) Suggest and explain why it would be more difficult to determine Kc for this
equilibrium at room temperature.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................[2]

4) June 2005 Q (2_a, b, e)

2 Sulphur and its compounds are found in volcanoes, in organic matter and in
minerals.
Sulfuric acid, an important industrial chemical, is manufactured from sulphur
by the Contact process. There are three consecutive reactions in the Contact
process which are essential.
 where appropriate) for each of
(a) Write a balanced equation (using 
these reactions in the correct sequence.
1 .........................................................................................................................

2 .........................................................................................................................

3 .................................................................................................................... [4]

(b) What catalyst is used?

....................................................................................................................... [1]

126 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

Hydrogen sulphide is a weak diprotic (dibasic) acid. Its solution in water

contains HS– and a few S2– ions.
(e) (i) What is meant by the term weak acid?
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) Write an equation, with state symbols, for the first ionisation of H2S when
it dissolves in water.
....................................................................................................................... [3]

5) June 2007 Q (2_a, b, c)

2 Alcohols and esters are important organic compounds which are widely
used as solvents.
Esters such as ethyl ethanoate can be formed by reacting carboxylic acids
with alcohols.

This reaction is an example of a dynamic equilibrium.

(a) Explain what is meant by the term dynamic equilibrium.
............................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................[1]

(b) Write the expression for the equilibrium constant for this reaction, Kc.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[1]
(c) For this equilibrium, the value of Kc is 4.0 at 298 K.
A mixture containing 0.5 mol of ethanoic acid, 0.5 mol ethanol, 0.1 mol ethyl
ethanoate and 0.1 mol water was set up and allowed to come to equilibrium at
298 K. The final volume of solution was V dm3.
Calculate the amount, in moles, of each substance present at equilibrium.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[4]

127 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

6) June 2008 Q (3_c, d)

3 When hydrocarbons such as petrol or paraffin wax are burned in an excess
of air in a laboratory, carbon dioxide and water are the only products.
When petrol is burned in a car engine, nitrogen monoxide, NO, is also formed.
NO is also formed when nitrosyl chloride, NOCl, dissociates according to the
following equation.

Different amounts of the three gases were placed in a closed container and
allowed to come to equilibrium at 230 °C. The experiment was repeated at
465 °C.
The equilibrium concentrations of the three gases at each temperature are
given in the table below.

(c) (i) Write the expression for the equilibrium constant, Kc , for this reaction.
Give the units.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) Calculate the value of Kc at each of the temperatures given.

230 °C
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

465 °C
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

128 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

(iii) Is the forward reaction endothermic or exothermic? Explain your answer.

............................................................................................................................

[5]
(d) The temperature of the equilibrium was then altered so that the equilibrium
concentrations of NOCl and NO were the same as each other.
What will be the effect on the equilibrium concentration of NOCl when the
following changes are carried out on this new equilibrium? In each case,
explain your answer.
(i) The pressure of the system is halved at constant temperature.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) A mixture of NOCl(g) and NO(g) containing equal numbers of moles of each
gas is introduced into the container at constant temperature.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[4]
7) June 2009 Q (3_c, d)
3 Concern over the ever-increasing use of fossil fuels has led to many
suggestions for alternative sources of energy. One of these, suggested by
Professor George Olah, winner of a Nobel Prize in chemistry, is to use
methanol, CH3OH, which can be obtained in a number of different ways.
Methanol may be manufactured catalytically from synthesis gas, a mixture of CO,
CO2 and H2. The CO is reacted with H2 to form methanol, CH3OH.

(c) From your understanding of Le Chatelier’s principle, state two conditions

that could be used in order to produce a high yield of methanol.
In each case, explain why the yield would increase.
condition 1 ..........................................................................................................

explanation .........................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

condition 2 ..........................................................................................................

explanation .........................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................... [4]

129 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

Carbon monoxide, which can be used to make methanol, may be formed by

reacting carbon dioxide with hydrogen.

(d) (i) It has been suggested that, on a large scale, this reaction could be
helpful to the environment.
Explain, with reasons, why this would be the case.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) A mixture containing 0.50 mol of CO2, 0.50 mol of H2, 0.20 mol of CO and
0.20 mol of H2O was placed in a 1.0 dm3 flask and allowed to come to
equilibrium at 1200 K.
Calculate the amount, in moles, of each substance present in the equilibrium
mixture at 1200 K.

............................................................................................................................

[6]

130 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

8) June 2011 [22] Q (1_a, b, c, e)

1 Ethanoic acid can be reacted with alcohols to form esters, an equilibrium
mixture being formed.

The reaction is usually carried out in the presence of an acid catalyst.

(a) Write an expression for the equilibrium constant, Kc, for this reaction,
clearly stating the units.
Kc =

units ................................................. [2]

In an experiment to determine Kc a student placed together in a conical flask

0.10 mol of ethanoic acid, 0.10 mol of an alcohol ROH, and 0.005 mol of
hydrogen chloride catalyst. The flask was sealed and kept at 25 °C for seven
days.
After this time, the student titrated all of the contents of the flask with 2.00 mol
dm–3 NaOH using phenolphthalein indicator.
At the end-point, 22.5 cm3 of NaOH had been used.
(b) (i) Calculate the amount, in moles, of NaOH used in the titration.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) What amount, in moles, of this NaOH reacted with the hydrogen chloride?
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(iii) Write a balanced equation for the reaction between ethanoic acid and
NaOH.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

131 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

(iv) Hence calculate the amount, in moles, of NaOH that reacted with the
ethanoic acid.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[4]
(c) (i) Use your results from (b) to calculate the amount, in moles, of ethanoic
acid present at equilibrium. Hence complete the table below.

(ii) Use your results to calculate a value for Kc for this reaction.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[3]
(e) What would be the effect, if any, on the amount of ester present if all of the
water were removed from the flask and the flask kept for a further week at
25°C?
Explain your answer.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................... [2]

132 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

9) June 2012 [21] Q (3_c)

3 Methanol, CH3OH, is considered to be a possible alternative to fossil fuels,
particularly for use in vehicles.
Methanol can be produced from fossil fuels and from agricultural waste. It can
also be synthesised from carbon dioxide and hydrogen.
(c) The synthesis of methanol is carried out at about 500 K with a pressure of
between 40 and 100 atmospheres (between 4 × 106 Pa and 10 × 107 Pa) and
using a catalyst. The use of such conditions will affect both the rate of reaction
and the equilibrium yield.
In the spaces below, explain the effects of higher temperature, higher
pressure, and the use of a catalyst on the equilibrium yield of methanol.
higher temperature
effect ..................................................................................................................
explanation .........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
higher pressure
effect ..................................................................................................................
explanation .........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
use of catalyst
effect ..................................................................................................................
explanation .........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[6]
10) June 2012 [22] Q (2_c)
2 Alcohols such as methanol, CH3OH, are considered to be possible
replacements for fossil fuels because they can be used in car engines.
(c) The operating conditions for this reaction are as follows.
Pressure 200 atmospheres (2 × 107 Pa)
temperature 600 °K
catalyst oxides of Cr, Cu, and Zn
In the spaces below, explain how each of these conditions affects the rate of
formation of methanol.
pressure
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................

133 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

temperature
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
catalyst
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[6]
11) Nov 2012 [21] Q (2_b, c, d)
Hydrogen iodide can be made by heating together hydrogen gas and iodine
vapour. The reaction is incomplete.
 2H I ( g )
H 2( g ) + I 2( g ) 
(b) Write an expression for Kc and state the units.
Kc = .......................................................... units ........................................... [2]
(c) For this equilibrium, the numerical value of the equilibrium constant Kc is
140 at 500 K and 59 at 650 K.
Use this information to state and explain the effect of the following changes on
the equilibrium position.
(i) increasing the pressure applied to the equilibrium
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) decreasing the temperature of the equilibrium
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[4]
(d) A mixture of 0.02 mol of hydrogen and 0.02 mol of iodine was placed in a
1 dm3 flask and allowed to come to equilibrium at 650 K.
Calculate the amount, in moles, of each substance present in the equilibrium
mixture at 650 K.

H2(g) + I2(g) 

 2HI(g)

Initial moles 0.02 0.02 0

134 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

[4]
12) Nov 2012 [23] Q (3)
3 Hydrogen is the most abundant element in the Universe, although on Earth
only very small quantities of molecular hydrogen have been found to occur
naturally.
Hydrogen is manufactured on a large scale for use in the chemical industry
and is also regarded as a possible fuel to replace fossil fuels in internal
combustion engines.
(a) State one large scale use of hydrogen in the chemical industry.

....................................................................................................................... [1]

One common way of producing hydrogen on a large scale for use in the
chemical industry is by the steam ‘reforming’ of methane (natural gas), in
which steam and methane are passed over a catalyst at 1000–1400 K to
produce carbon monoxide and hydrogen.

 CO ( g ) + 3H 2( g )
CH 4( g ) + H 2O ( g )  ∆H =+ 206 kJ mol −1

(b) Use the information above to state and explain the effect on the
equilibrium position of the following changes.
(i) increasing the pressure applied to the equilibrium
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) decreasing the temperature of the equilibrium
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[4]
(c) What will be the effect on the rate of the reaction of increasing the
pressure at which it is carried out? Explain your answer.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]

135 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

(d) Further hydrogen can be obtained by the ‘water-gas shift’ reaction in which
the carbon monoxide produced is reacted with steam.
 CO 2( g ) + H 2( g )
CO ( g ) + H 2O ( g )  Kc =×
6.40 10-1 at 1100 °K
A mixture containing 0.40 mol of CO, 0.40 mol of H2O, 0.20 mol of CO2 and
0.20 mol of H2 was placed in a 1 dm3 flask and allowed to come to equilibrium
at 1100 K
(i) Give an expression for Kc for this reaction.
(ii) Calculate the amount, in moles, of each substance present in the
equilibrium mixture at 1100 K.

[4]
13) June 2013 [21] Q (2_a, b)
2 Ammonium nitrate fertiliser is manufactured from ammonia. The first
reaction in the manufacture of the fertiliser is the catalytic oxidation of
ammonia to form nitrogen monoxide,
NO. This is carried out at about 1 × 103 kPa (10 atmospheres) pressure and a
temperature of 700 to 850 °C.
 4NO ( g ) + 6H 2O ( g )
4NH 3( g ) + 5O 2( g )  ∆H Θ =
-906 kJ mol −1
(a) Write the expression for the equilibrium constant, Kp, stating the units.

Kp =

units .................................. [2]

136 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

(b) What will be the effect on the yield of NO of each of the following?
In each case, explain your answer.
(i) increasing the temperature
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) decreasing the applied pressure
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[4]
14) June 2013 [23] Q (2_a, b)
2 Methanol, CH3OH, can be produced industrially by reacting carbon
monoxide, CO, with hydrogen, H2.
 CH 3OH ( g )
CO ( g ) + 2H 2( g )  ∆H =- 91 kJ mol −1
The process is carried out at 4 × 103 kPa (40 atmospheres) and 1150 K.
(a) (i) State Le Chatelier's Principle.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) From your understanding of Le Chatelier’s Principle, state the conditions of
temperature and pressure that could be used in order to produce an
increased yield of methanol in this process.
In each case, explain why the yield would increase.
temperature ........................................................................................................
explanation .........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
pressure .............................................................................................................
explanation .........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[4]

137 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

(b) The carbon monoxide for use in the production of methanol may be
formed by reacting carbon dioxide with hydrogen.
CO ( g ) + H 2O ( g ) Kc =
CO 2( g ) + H 2( g )  1.44 at 1200 K
A mixture containing 0.70 mol of CO2, 0.70 mol of H2, 0.30 mol of CO and
0.30 mol of H2O was placed in a 1 dm3 flask and allowed to come to
equilibrium at 1200 K.
Calculate the amount, in moles, of each substance present in the equilibrium
mixture at 1200 K.

CO2 + H2 

CO + H2O

Initial moles 0.70 0.70 0.30 0.30

[4]
15) June 2014 [23] Q (3_b)
(b) Nitrogen dioxide exists in equilibrium with dinitrogen tetroxide, N2O4.
 N 2O 4( g )
2NO 2( g ) 
2.00 mol of dinitrogen tetroxide was sealed in a container at 350 K. After
equilibrium had been established the total pressure was 140 kPa and the
mixture of gases contained 1.84 mol of dinitrogen tetroxide.
(i) Give the expression for the equilibrium constant, Kp, for this equilibrium.

Kp =

[1]

138 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

(ii) Calculate the number of moles of NO2 present at equilibrium.

[1]
(iii) Calculate the total number of moles of gas present at equilibrium and
hence the mole fraction of each gas present at equilibrium.

[2]
(iv) Calculate the partial pressure of each gas present at equilibrium.

[2]
(v) Calculate the value of the equilibrium constant, Kp, at 350 K.
Give your answer to three significant figures and include the units.

Kp = .................................
units = .................................
[2]

139 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

16) Nov 2014 [21] Q (2_d)

2 The Contact process for the manufacture of sulfuric acid was originally
patented in the19th century and is still in use today.
The key step in the overall process is the reversible conversion of sulfur
dioxide to sulfur trioxide in the presence of a vanadium(V) oxide catalyst.
 2SO3(g)
2SO2(g) + O2(g)  ∆H = -196 kJ mol−1
(d) The conversion of sulfur dioxide into sulfur trioxide is carried out at a
temperature of 400 °C.
(i) With reference to Le Chatelier’s Principle and reaction kinetics, state and
explain one advantage and one disadvantage of using a higher temperature.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [4]
(ii) State the expression for the equilibrium constant, Kp, for the formation of
sulfur trioxide from sulfur dioxide.

Kp =

[1]
(iii) 2.00 moles of sulfur dioxide and 2.00 moles of oxygen were put in a flask
and left to reach equilibrium.
At equilibrium, the pressure in the flask was 2.00 × 105 Pa and the mixture
contained 1.80 moles of sulfur trioxide.
Calculate Kp. Include the units.

Kp = ..............................
units = ..............................
[5]

140 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

17) Nov 2014 [23] Q (2_d)

2 The Haber process for the manufacture of ammonia, NH3, was originally
devised at the start of the
20th century and was developed into a full-scale industrial process by Carl
Bosch in 1913.
The key step in the process is the reversible reaction of nitrogen and
hydrogen in the presence of an iron catalyst.
 2NH3(g)
N2(g) + 3H2(g)  ∆H = -92 kJ mol−1
(d) The Haber process is typically carried out at a temperature of 400 °C.
(i) With reference to Le Chatelier’s Principle and reaction kinetics, state and
explain one advantage and one disadvantage of using a higher temperature.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [4]
(ii) State the expression for the equilibrium constant, Kp, for the formation of
ammonia from nitrogen and hydrogen in the Haber process.

Kp =

[1]
(iii) 2.00 moles of nitrogen and 3.00 moles of hydrogen were put in a vessel
and left to reach equilibrium.
At equilibrium, the pressure was 2.00 × 107 Pa and the mixture contained 1.60
moles of ammonia.
Calculate Kp. Include the units.

Kp = ............................
units = ............................
[5]

141 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 7

18) June 2015 [22] Q (2_b)

(b) The second stage of the Contact process involves the production of sulfur
trioxide, SO3, from sulfur dioxide.
 2 SO3(g)
2 SO2(g) + O2(g)  ∆H = -197 kJ mol−1
(i) State the temperature usually chosen for this conversion and explain this in
terms of reaction rates and Le Chatelier’s principle.
temperature ........................................................................................................
explanation .........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) State and explain the pressure conditions that would give the best rate and
best yield of sulfur trioxide. Explain why these conditions are not actually
used.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]

142 7 – Chemical Equilibrium Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 8

• Rates of reactions

• Rates of reaction – why bother

• The collision theory of reactivity

• Catalysis

• Enzymes

143 8 – Reaction Kinetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 8

1) Nov 2002 Q (1)

1 (a) Draw a diagram to show the Boltzmann distribution of molecular
energies. Label the axes.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[2]
(b) Comment on the shape of the distribution curve.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................[1]

(c) (i) Explain the meaning of the term activation energy.

............................................................................................................................

(ii) Insert and label the activation energy in your diagram in (a). [2]

(d) (i) Use a dotted line added to your diagram in (a) to show how the
distribution of molecular energies changes at a slightly higher temperature
(label this curve +δT ).

144 8 – Reaction Kinetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 8

(ii) Use this new line to explain why reactions are faster at a higher
temperature.

............................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................[3]

2) Nov 2009 Q (3_a, i, c)

3 Alkanes such as methane, CH4, undergo few chemical reactions. Methane
will, however, react with chlorine but not with iodine.
Relevant standard enthalpy changes of formation for the reaction of methane
with chlorine to form chloromethane, CH3Cl, are given below.

(a) (i) Use the data to calculate ∆H reaction for the formation of CH3Cl.
CH 4 + Cl 2 
→ CH 3Cl + HCl
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

145 8 – Reaction Kinetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 8

(c) The energy of activation for the formation of CH3Cl is 16 kJ mol–1.

Use this figure and your answer to (a)(i) to complete the reaction pathway
diagram below showing the formation of CH3Cl from CH4 and Cl2.
Show clearly the intermediate organic species and the final products.
Indicate on your sketch the relevant enthalpy changes and their values.

[4]

3) June 2010 [21] Q (2)

2 The diagram below shows, for a given temperature T, a Boltzmann
distribution of the kinetic energy of the molecules of a mixture of two gases
that will react together, such as nitrogen and hydrogen.
The activation energy for the reaction, Ea, is marked.

(a) On the graph above,

(i) draw a new distribution curve, clearly labelled T', for the same mixture of
gases at a higher temperature, T';

146 8 – Reaction Kinetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 8

(ii) mark clearly, as H, the position of the activation energy of the reaction at
the higher temperature, T'.
[3]
(b) Explain the meaning of the term activation energy.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................... [2]

The reaction between nitrogen and hydrogen to produce ammonia in the

Haber process is an example of a large-scale gaseous reaction that is
catalysed.
(c) (i) State the catalyst used and give the operating temperature and
pressure of the Haber process.
catalyst ......................................................

temperature ...............................................

pressure ....................................................

(ii) On the energy axis of the graph opposite, mark the position, clearly
labelled C, of the activation energy of the reaction when a catalyst is used.
(iii) Use your answer to (ii) to explain how the use of a catalyst results in
reactions occurring at a faster rate.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[3]

(d) Two reactions involving aqueous NaOH are given below.

In order for reaction 1 to occur, the reagents must be heated together for
some time.
On the other hand, reaction 2 is almost instantaneous at room temperature.

147 8 – Reaction Kinetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2 Topic 8

Suggest brief explanations why the rates of these two reactions are very
different.
reaction 1 ..........................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

reaction 2 ..........................................................................................................

4) Nov 2014 [23] Q (2_b)

(b) Use the Boltzmann distribution shown to explain why a catalyst increases
the rate of this reaction.

148 8 – Reaction Kinetics Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

• Versions of periodic table

• Periodic table and physical properties of elements

• Periodic patterns of first ionization energies

• Successive ionization energies and periodic table

• Reactions of the period 3 elements

• Preparation of period 3 oxides

• Preparation of period 3 chlorides

• The reactions of sodium and magnesium with

water

149 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

1) Nov 2002 Q (3_a, b, c)

3 The oxides of the third period include the following
Na2O; MgO; Al2O3; SO2; SO3.
(a) Showing outer electrons only, draw a dot-and-cross electron diagram for
magnesium oxide, MgO

[1]
(b) From the list above, identify one oxide (in each case) which fits the
description given.
(i) An oxide that reacts with water forming a strongly alkaline solution.
..........................................................

(ii) An oxide that is insoluble in water.

..........................................................

(iii) An oxide that reacts vigorously with water forming a strongly acidic
solution.
..........................................................

(iv) An oxide that has a simple molecular structure.

..........................................................

(v) An oxide that acts as a food preservative.

..........................................................

[5]
(c) Write equations for the reaction of
(i) aluminium oxide and dilute hydrochloric acid,
............................................................................................................................
(ii) sulphur dioxide and aqueous sodium hydroxide.
............................................................................................................................
[2]

150 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

2) June 2003 Q (4)

4 (a) The use of the Data Booklet is relevant to this question. Complete these
sketches for elements of the third period (sodium to argon) to show how each
property changesalong the period.

(b) (i) In the boxes below, write the formulae of one of the oxides of each of
these five elements.

(ii) Write an equation for sodium oxide reacting with water.

............................................................................................................................

(iii) Write an equation for your chosen oxide of sulphur reacting with an alkali.
.......................................................................................................................[3]

151 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

3) Nov 2004 Q (2_a, b, c)

2 The table below gives data on some oxides of elements in Period 3 of the
Periodic Table.

(a) Write an equation for the reaction of aluminium with oxygen to form
aluminium oxide.
........................................................................................................................[1]

(b) Drawing diagrams where appropriate, suggest in terms of structure and

bonding, explanations for the following.
(i) the high melting point and boiling point of Al2O3
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) the low boiling point of SO3

............................................................................................................................

(iii) the melting point of SiO2 is much higher than that of P4O10
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[7]
(c) Water was added to each of the oxides in the table.
Choosing a suitable oxide in each case, write an equation for the formation of
(i) an alkaline solution, .......................................................................................

(ii) an acidic solution. .....................................................................................[2]

152 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

4) Nov 2006 Q (3_a, v, iv, b)

3 This question refers to the elements shown in the Periodic Table below.

(v) The element in Period 3 (Na to Ar) that has the highest melting point.
...................................................

(vi) The element in Period 3 (Na to Ar) that forms the largest anion.
...................................................

[2]

(b) Use the elements shown opposite to answer the following questions.
(i) Give the formulae of two acidic oxides formed by the same element.
............................. and ...............................

(ii) Give the name or formula of an oxide that is amphoteric.

...................................................

(iii) Identify an element whose oxide dissolves readily in water to give a

strongly alkaline solution.
...................................................

(iv) Identify an element in Period 3 (Na to Ar) whose chloride dissolves in

water to give a neutral solution.
...................................................

(v) Identify an element that reacts with water to give a solution that can
behave as an oxidising agent.
...................................................

[6]

153 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

5) Nov 2007 Q (2_a, b, c, d)

2 This question concerns the chlorides of the elements sodium to phosphorus
of the third period of the Periodic Table.
The melting points of these chlorides are given below

*sublimes at 451 K
(a) Give the equation, with state symbols, for the reaction of phosphorus with
chlorine to form phosphorus(V) chloride, PCl5.
........................................................................................................................[2]

(b) Suggest, in terms of the structure and bonding, explanations for the
following.
You should draw diagrams where you think they will help your answer.
(i) The high melting point of sodium chloride

(ii) The low melting point of silicon tetrachloride

[4]
(c) Write an equation for the reaction of silicon tetrachloride with water.
........................................................................................................................[1]

(d) What is the pH of the solution formed when each of the following
compounds is dissolved in water?
NaCl ........................................

PCl5 .........................................

[2]

154 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

6) June 2008 Q (2_d, e)

The table below refers to the elements sodium to sulphur and is incomplete

....................................................................................................................... [1]

7) June 2009 Q (1_a, b, c)

1 Copper and titanium are each used with aluminium to make alloys which are
light, strong and resistant to corrosion.
Aluminium, Al, is in the third period of the Periodic Table; copper and titanium
are both transition elements.
(a) Complete the electronic configuration of aluminium and of titanium, proton
number 22.

[1]
Aluminium reacts with chlorine.
(b) (i) Outline how, starting from aluminium powder, this reaction could be
carried out in a school or college laboratory to give a small sample of
aluminium chloride. A diagram is not necessary.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) Describe what you would see during this reaction.

............................................................................................................................

155 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

(iii) At low temperatures, aluminium chloride vapour has the formula Al2Cl6.
Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram to show the bonding in Al2Cl6.
Show outer electrons only.
Represent the aluminium electrons by .
Represent the chlorine electrons by x.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[6]
8) June 2010 [21] Q (3_b)
3 This question refers to the elements shown in the portion of the Periodic
Table given below.

(b) (i) Give the formula of the oxide of the most electronegative element.
............................................................

(ii) Several of these elements form more than one acidic oxide.
Give the formulae of two such oxides formed by the same element.
.......................... and ......................... [3]

The formulae and melting points of the fluorides of the elements in Period 3,
Na to Cl, are given in the table.
9) June 2010 [22] Q (3)
3 The table below gives data for some of the oxides of Period 3 elements.

(a) Complete the table by filling in

(i) the ‘bonding’ row by using only the words ‘ionic’ or ‘covalent’,

156 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

(ii) the ‘structure’ row by using only the words ‘simple’ or ‘giant’.
[2]
(b) From the table of oxides above, suggest the formula of one oxide that is
completely insoluble in water.
................... [1]

(c) Separate samples of Na2O and SO2 were added to water.

(i) For each oxide, write a balanced equation for its reaction with water and
suggest a numerical value for the pH of the resulting solution.
Na2O

equation .............................................................................................................

pH ............

SO2

equation .............................................................................................................

pH ............

(ii) Construct a balanced equation for the reaction that occurs when a solution
of Na2O in water reacts with a solution of SO2 in water.
............................................................................................................................

[5]
(d) Separate samples of the oxides MgO and SiO2 are melted.
Each molten sample is then tested to see whether or not it conducts
electricity.
Suggest what would be the results in each case. Explain your answers.
MgO
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

SiO2
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[4]

157 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

10) June 2010 [23] Q (3_a, c)

3 This question refers to the elements shown in the section of the Periodic
Table below.

(a) From this list of elements, identify in each case one element that has the
property described. Give the symbol of the element.
(i) an element that sinks in cold water and reacts readily with it

.............

(ii) an element that forms an oxide that is a reducing agent

.............

(iii) the element that has the largest first ionisation energy

.............

(iv) the metal in Period 3 (Na to Ar) that has the smallest cation

.............

(v) the element which has a giant molecular structure and forms an oxide
which also has a giant molecular structure

.............

(vi) the element in Period 3 (Na to Ar) with the greatest electrical conductivity

.............

[6]
(c) Use the elements in Period 3 (Na to Ar) in the section of the Periodic Table
opposite to identify the oxide(s) referred to below.
In each case, give the formula of the oxide(s).
(i) an oxide which has no reaction with water
.............

(ii) two acidic oxides formed by the same element

............. and .............

158 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

(iii) an oxide which dissolves readily in water to give a strongly alkaline

solution
.............
(iv) an oxide which is amphoteric
.............
[5]
11) June 2011 [23] Q (3)
3 Elements in the same period of the Periodic Table show trends in physical
and chemical properties. The grids on this page and on the opposite page
refer to the elements of the third period, Na to Cl.
On each of these grids, draw a clear sketch to show the variation of the stated
property.
Below each grid, briefly explain the variation you have described in your
sketch.
For each explanation you should refer to the important factors that cause the
differences in the property you are describing.
(a)

explanation .........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]

159 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

(b)

160 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

(d) The melting points of some of the oxides of the elements sodium to sulfur
are given in the table below.

(i) What type of bond is broken when each of the following compounds is
melted?
Na2O ..................................................................................................................
SiO2 ...................................................................................................................
P4O6 ..................................................................................................................
(ii) Identify one of these six oxides that has no reaction at all with water.
..........................................................
[4]
12) June 2012 [21] Q (1_a, b)
1 Oxides are compounds which usually contain oxygen combined with one
other element.
Oxides are classified as follows. acidic alkaline amphoteric basic
(a) Using these terms only, complete the table to describe the oxides of the
elements of the third period of the Periodic Table sodium to sulfur.

[4]
(b) Give the names of two elements from sodium to chlorine which form more
than one oxide.
................................... and ................................... [1]
(c) Sodium reacts with water.
(i) Describe, as fully as you can, what you would see when a piece of sodium
is reacted with water.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Write an equation for the reaction of sodium with water.
............................................................................................................................
[4]

161 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

13) June 2012 [22] Q (1_a, b)

1 The elements of the third period of the Periodic Table, sodium to sulfur, all
form chlorides by direct combination.
(a) (i) Sulfur forms a number of chlorides which are liquid at room
temperature.
Which other element of the third period forms a chloride which is liquid at
room temperature?
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Name one element of the third period which burns in chlorine with a
coloured flame.
........................
(iii) Aluminium chloride may be produced by passing a stream of chlorine over
heated aluminium powder in a long hard-glass tube.
State two observations you could make during this reaction.
......................................................... and .........................................................
(iv) Write a balanced equation, with state symbols, for this reaction of
aluminium with chlorine.
............................................................................................................................
(v) No chloride of argon has ever been produced.
Suggest a reason for this.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[7]
(b) When chlorides of the elements of the third period are added to water,
some simply dissolve while others can be seen to react with the water.
(i) Complete the table below, stating how the chlorides of Na, Al, and Si
behave when mixed with water. In the first column use only the terms
‘dissolve’ or ‘react’.

(ii) What type of reaction takes place between a chloride and water?
...................................................
[7]

162 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

14) June 2012 [23] Q (1_a i, ii)

1 Although the actual size of an atom cannot be measured exactly, it is
possible to measure the distance between the nuclei of two atoms. For
example, the ‘covalent radius’ of the Cl atom is assumed to be half of the
distance between the nuclei in a Cl2 molecule. Similarly, the ‘metallic radius’ is
half of the distance between two metal atoms in the crystal lattice of a metal.
These two types of radius are generally known as ‘atomic radii’.
The table below contains the resulting atomic radii for the elements of period
three of the
Periodic Table, Na to Cl.

(a) (i) Explain qualitatively this variation in atomic radius.

(a) From this list of elements, identify in each case one element that has the
property described. Give the symbol of the element.
(i) An element that floats on cold water and reacts readily with it.
......................
(ii) An element that forms an oxide that is a reducing agent.
......................

163 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

(iii) The element that has the smallest first ionisation energy.
......................
(iv) The element which has a giant molecular structure and forms an oxide
which has a simple molecular structure.
......................
(v) The element in Period 3 (Na to Ar) that has the smallest anion.
......................
(vi) The element in Period 3 (Na to Ar) which forms a chloride with a low
melting point and an oxide with a very high melting point.
......................
[6]
(b) Use the elements in Period 3 (Na to Ar) in the section of the Periodic
Table opposite to identify the oxide(s) referred to below.
In each case, give the formula of the oxide(s).
(i) An oxide which when placed in water for a long time has no reaction with it.
......................
(ii) An oxide which dissolves readily in water to give a strongly alkaline
solution.
......................
(iii) Two acidic oxides formed by the same element.
...................... and ......................
(iv) An oxide which is amphoteric.
......................
[5]
16) June 2013 [22] Q (3_a, b)
3 This question refers to the elements in the section of the Periodic Table
shown below.

(a) From this list of elements, identify in each case one element that has the
property described. Give the symbol of the element.
(i) An element that when placed in cold water sinks and reacts readily.
...........

164 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

(ii) An element whose molecules contain π bonding.

...........
(iii) An element that forms a gaseous toxic oxide.
...........
(iv) The element which has a giant molecular structure and forms an oxide
which also has a giant molecular structure.
...........
(v) An element that forms a covalent chloride which dissolves in water to give
a conducting solution.
...........
(vi) The element in Period 3 (Na to Ar) with the greatest electrical
conductivity.
...........
[6]
(b) Some of the elements in Period 3 (Na to Ar) burn with a coloured flame
when heated in oxygen or chlorine.
(i) Give the symbol of one such element, the formula of the oxide formed,
and state the flame colour that would be seen.

symbol of element ....................................

formula of oxide ....................................

flame colour ....................................

(ii) For the element you have used in (i), give the formula of the chloride
formed, and state the pH of the solution produced when this chloride is
shaken with water.

formula of chloride ....................................

pH of solution ....................................

[4]
17) June 2013 [23] Q (3_a, b, c)
3 This question refers to the elements in the section of the Periodic Table
shown below.

165 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

(a) From this list of elements, identify in each case one element that has the
property described. Give the symbol of the element.
(i) An element that has molecules which consist of single atoms.
...............................................
(ii) An element that has a molecule which contains exactly four atoms.
...............................................
(iii) The element that is a liquid at room temperature and pressure.
...............................................
(iv) The element in Period 3 (Na to Ar) that has the largest atomic radius.
...............................................
(v) The element in Period 3 (Na to Ar) that has the highest melting point.
...............................................
(vi) The element in Period 3 (Na to Ar) that forms the largest anion.
...............................................
(vii) An element that reacts with water to give a solution that can behave as
an oxidizing agent.
...............................................
[7]
(b) The formulae and melting points of some of the oxides of the elements in
Period 3, Na to Cl, are given in the table.

(i) Give the formulae of two of these oxides that have simple molecular
structures.
...................... and ......................
(ii) Give the formula of one of these oxides that will give no reaction with
water when placed in it for a long time.
........................................
(iii) Give the formula of the product formed when MgO is reacted with SO2.
........................................
[4]
(c) The melting points of the elements Si to Cl are given in the table.

166 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

(i) Explain why the melting point of Si is very much greater than those of the
other three elements.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Suggest why the melting points of the other three elements are in the
order S > P > Cl.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[4]
18) Nov 2013 [21] Q (3_d)
(d) Magnesium chloride, MgCl 2, and silicon tetrachloride, SiCl4, each dissolve
in or react with water.
Suggest the approximate pH of the solution formed in each case.
MgCl2 ................................. SiCl4 .................................
Explain, with the aid of an equation, the difference between the two values.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [5]
19) June 2014 [21] Q (1_d)
(d) The chlorides of elements in Period 3 of the Periodic Table show different
behaviours on addition to water, depending on their structure and bonding.
(i) Write equations to show the behaviour of sodium chloride, NaCl , and
silicon chloride, SiCl4 , when separately added to an excess of water.
NaCl ...................................................................................................................
SiCl4 .................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) State and explain the differences in behaviour of these two chlorides when
added to water, in terms of their structure and the bonding found in the
compounds.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................[4]

167 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

20) June 2014 [22] Q (1_d)

(d) The elements in Period 3 of the Periodic Table show different behaviours
in their reactions with oxygen.
(i) Describe what you would see when separate samples of magnesium and
sulfur are reacted with oxygen.
Write an equation for each reaction.
magnesium
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
sulfur
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[4]
(ii) Write equations for the reactions of aluminium oxide, Al2O3, with
sodium hydroxide,
............................................................................................................................
hydrochloric acid.
............................................................................................................................
[2]
21) June 2014 [22] Q (3)
3 The elements in Period 3 of the Periodic Table show variations in their
behaviour across the period.
(a) The bar chart below shows the variation of melting points of the elements
across Period 3.

168 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

In each of the following parts of this question you should clearly identify the
interactions involved and, where appropriate, explain their relative
magnitudes.
(i) Explain the general increase in melting point from Na to Al.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) Explain the variation of melting points from P to Ar.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
(iii) Explain why Si has a much higher melting point than any of the other
elements in the period.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) The graph below shows the variation of the first ionisation energies across
Period 3.

(i) Explain why the first ionisation energy of Ar is greater than that of Cl.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain why the first ionisation energy of Al is less than that of Mg.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]

169 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge level Paper_2 Topic 9

(iii) Explain why the first ionisation energy of S is less than that of P.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
22) Nov 2014 [22] Q (1_b)
(b) Group VII is the only group in the Periodic Table containing elements in all
three states of matter at room conditions.
State and explain, in terms of intermolecular forces, the trend in the boiling
points of the elements down Group VII.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [4]
23) June 2015 [22] Q (1_d)
(d) The acid/base behaviour of the oxides in the third period varies across the
period.
(i) Describe this behaviour and explain it with reference to the structure and
bonding of sodium oxide, Na2O, aluminium oxide, Al2O3, and sulfur trioxide,
SO3.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Write equations for reactions of these three oxides with hydrochloric acid
and/or sodium hydroxide as appropriate.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [4]

170 9 – Periodicity Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

Group 2
• General properties of group II elements
• Uses
• Reactions of group II elements
• Chalk and lime chemistry

Group 17
• General properties of group VII elements
• The reactivity of the halogens
• Reaction of elements with hydrogen
• Disproportionation reactions of chlorine
• Uses

Nitrogen and sulphur

• Nitrogen
• Sulphur

171 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

1) June 2002 Q (4)

4 Sulfuric acid is used in many industrial processes of major importance.
The first stage in the manufacture of sulfuric acid is to pass air over burning
sulphur. The emerging gas has the following composition by volume.
sulphur dioxide 10%
sulphur trioxide 0.2%
oxygen 10%
nitrogen etc. 79–80%
(a) (i) Write an equation for sulphur burning in air.
............................................................................................................................

(ii) Suggest why the air is passed so fast that only half the oxygen is used.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
The emerging gas is passed over a catalyst maintained at 450–550 °C in the
reaction chamber.
(b) Name the catalyst used in the Contact process.
........................................................................................................................[1]

Sulphur trioxide is formed in 98% yield; 2% of sulphur dioxide remains

unconverted.

(c) The high yield is only achieved under certain conditions.

After each condition explain why this leads to an increased yield of sulphur
trioxide.
(i) There needs to be an excess of air in the reacting gas mixture.
explanation .........................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) The catalyst needs to be cooled.

explanation .........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) The air used to burn the sulphur must be as clean as possible.
explanation ........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]

172 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

(d) In modern plants, nearly all the SO2/SO3 mixture is absorbed but up to
0.05% by volume of SO2 may be allowed to pass into the atmosphere through
a chimney stack.
Give two reasons why SO2 should not be discharged into the atmosphere.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[2]
(e) (i) When concentrated sulfuric acid is warmed with solid sodium chloride,
misty fumes are produced.
Identify the fumes. ..............................................................................................

Write an equation for the reaction.

............................................................................................................................

(ii) When concentrated sulfuric acid is warmed with solid sodium iodide,
purple fumes are produced.
Identify the fumes. ..............................................................................................

[3]
2) Nov 2002 Q (3_b, c)
3 The oxides of the third period include the following:

(b) From the list above, identify one oxide (in each case) which fits the
description given.
(i) An oxide that reacts with water forming a strongly alkaline solution.
..........................................................

(ii) An oxide that is insoluble in water.

..........................................................

(iii) An oxide that reacts vigorously with water forming a strongly acidic
solution.
..........................................................

(iv) An oxide that has a simple molecular structure.

..........................................................

(v) An oxide that acts as a food preservative.

..........................................................

[5]
173 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)
Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

(c) Write equations for the reaction of

(i) aluminium oxide and dilute hydrochloric acid,

............................................................................................................................

(ii) sulfur dioxide and aqueous sodium hydroxide.

............................................................................................................................

[2]
3) June 2003 Q (2_d)
(d) Argon is used to fill electric light bulbs. These have a fine filament of a
metal wire, usually tungsten, which glows white hot from its electrical
resistance to the current.
Suggest why argon, rather than air, is used to fill electric light bulbs.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[2]
4) June 2003 Q (3_a, b)
3 In the Haber process, ammonia is synthesised from its elements.
(a) Write an equation for the Haber process and state whether it is endo- or
exothermic.
........................................................................................................................[2]

(b) What are the three usual operating conditions of the Haber Process?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[2]
5) Nov 2003 Q (2_b, c)
The composition of the exhaust gases (fumes) from a petrol (gasoline) engine
is given below.

174 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

(b) (i) What gas, omitted from the table, makes up most of the remainder of
the exhaust fumes?
............................................................................................................................

(ii) Explain why there is always water vapour in the exhaust fumes.
............................................................................................................................

[2]
(c) (i) State two gases in the exhaust fumes which are poisonous to humans.
Also state briefly for each the particular effect on humans.
gas I ...................................................................................................................

effect ..................................................................................................................

gas II ..................................................................................................................

effect ..................................................................................................................

(ii) The two gases you have given in (c)(i) can be removed by reaction in a
platinised catalytic converter. The products of the reaction in the converter are
not hazardous.
For each of your gases in (c)(i) give an equation which shows how it is
removed to form less harmful substances.
I ..........................................................................................................................

II .........................................................................................................................

(iii) Suggest one reason why the exhaust fumes from a car fitted with a
catalytic converter are still hazardous to human health to some degree.
............................................................................................................................

6) June 2004 Q (2_d)

(d) Phosphorus sulphide, P4S3, is used in small amounts in the tip of a match.
On striking a match, this compound burns.
(i) Construct an equation for this reaction.
............................................................................................................................

(ii) Both oxides formed in (i) dissolve in water to give acidic solutions.
Construct an equation for the reaction of each oxide with water.
............................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................[4]

175 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

7) Nov 2004 Q (3_b, c)

(b) Hydrochloric acid is manufactured by burning the hydrogen formed in this
electrolysis in chlorine and dissolving the product in water.
(i) Construct an equation for the burning of hydrogen in chlorine.
............................................................................................................................

(ii) When the product of (i) dissolves in water there is a change in bonding.
Explain with the aid of an equation what change in bonding has occurred.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Describe, with the aid of equations including state symbols, what happens
when
(i) hydrochloric acid is added to aqueous silver nitrate,
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) an excess of aqueous ammonia is added to the resulting mixture.

............................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................[5]

8) June 2005 Q (2_a, b)

2 Sulphur and its compounds are found in volcanoes, in organic matter and in
minerals.
Sulphuric acid, an important industrial chemical, is manufactured from sulphur
by the Contact process. There are three consecutive reactions in the Contact
process which are essential.
 where appropriate) for each of
(a) Write a balanced equation (using 
these reactions in the correct sequence.
1 .........................................................................................................................

2 .........................................................................................................................

3 .................................................................................................................... [4]

(b) What catalyst is used?

....................................................................................................................... [1]

176 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

9) June 2005 Q (3)

3 Magnesium is the eighth most common element in the Earth’s crust.
The metal is widely used in alloys which are light and strong.
Some reactions of magnesium and its compounds are shown in the reaction
scheme below.

(a) Identify, by name or formula, compounds A to F.

A .......................................................
B .......................................................
C .......................................................
D .......................................................
E .......................................................
F ........................................................
[6]
(b) (i) Construct balanced equations for the following reactions.
magnesium to compound A
.................................................................................................................................
compound C to compound D
.................................................................................................................................
compound F to compound D
.................................................................................................................................
(ii) Suggest a balanced equation for the effect of heat on compound E.
............................................................................................................................ [4]

177 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

10) Nov 2005 Q (3)

3 Nitrogen, which makes up about 80% of the Earth’s atmosphere, is very
unreactive.
(a) (i) Explain the lack of reactivity of nitrogen.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) Nitrogen does, however, undergo some reactions. Write an equation for
one reaction of nitrogen, stating the conditions under which it occurs.
equation .............................................................................................................

conditions ...........................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(iii) Suggest why nitrogen does react in the example you have chosen.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[6]
Ammonium nitrate, NH4NO3, is a commercially important compound of
nitrogen.
(b) (i) State one large-scale use of ammonium nitrate.
............................................................................................................................

(ii) What are the environmental consequences of the uncontrolled use of

ammonium nitrate?
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[4]
When solid ammonium nitrate is heated with solid sodium hydroxide in a test-
tube, three products are formed. A colourless alkaline gas, Y, is given off, and
a colourless liquid can be seen on the cooler parts of the test-tube. A white
solid remains in the tube.

178 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

(c) (i) Identify gas Y.

............................................................................................................................

(ii) Write an equation, with state symbols, for the reaction of ammonium
nitrate with sodium hydroxide.
............................................................................................................................

[3]
(d) In order to produce gas Y in a pure state in the laboratory, it must be
passed through a drying agent.
Why is concentrated sulphuric acid not suitable for drying gas Y?
............................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................... [1]

11) June 2006 Q (3_a, b, c, d, i)

3 This question is about the elements of Group VII, the halogens.
(a) Complete the following table.

(b) Concentrated sulphuric acid is added to separate solid samples of

magnesium chloride, magnesium bromide, and magnesium iodide.
(i) Describe, in each case, one observation you would be able to make.
MgCl2 ................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

MgBr2 ................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

MgI2 ..................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) Give an equation for the reaction of concentrated sulphuric acid with
magnesium chloride.
............................................................................................................................

[4]
179 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)
Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

(c) When dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate are added to a solution of
a magnesium halide, MgX2, a pale cream precipitate is formed.
This precipitate is soluble in concentrated aqueous ammonia but not soluble
in dilute aqueous ammonia.
(i) What is the identity of the precipitate?
............................................................................................................................

(ii) Give an equation, with state symbols, for the reaction of the precipitate
with concentrated aqueous ammonia.
............................................................................................................................

[3]
(d) A hot glass rod is plunged into separate gas jars, one containing hydrogen
chloride and one containing hydrogen iodide.
(i) For each gas, state what you would observe, if anything, and write an
equation for any reaction that takes place.
HCl .....................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

HI .......................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

12) Nov 2006 Q (3_a, i, ii, iii, iv)

3 This question refers to the elements shown in the Periodic Table below.

(a) From the elements shown, identify in each case one element that has the
property described. Give the name or formula of the element.
(i) An element that has a molecule which contains only one atom.
...................................................
(ii) An element that has a molecule which contains only four atoms.
...................................................
(iii) The element that has the largest atomic radius.
...................................................
(iv) The element that is a liquid at room temperature and pressure.
...................................................
[4]

180 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

13) June 2007 Q (3_c, d)

(c) Samples of magnesium and calcium are placed separately in cold water
and left for some time. In each case, describe what you would see and write
a balanced equation for each reaction.
(i) magnesium
observation ........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
equation .............................................................................................................
(ii) calcium
observation ........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
equation .............................................................................................................
[6]
(d) Strontium nitrate, Sr(NO3)2 undergoes thermal decomposition.
(i) State one observation you would make during this reaction.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Write a balanced equation for this reaction.
............................................................................................................................

[4]
14) Nov 2007 Q (2_a)
2 This question concerns the chlorides of the elements sodium to phosphorus
of the third period of the Periodic Table.
The melting points of these chlorides are given below.

181 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

15) Nov 2007 Q (3_a, b)

3 The elements phosphorus, sulphur, and chlorine are regarded as having
simple molecular structures.
(a) What are the molecular formulae of each of these three elements?
phosphorus ........................................

sulphur ...............................................

chlorine .............................................. [3]

(b) (i) Place the three elements in order of their melting points with the
highest first.
highest .................................................................................................... lowest

(ii) Suggest an explanation for the order you have given in (i).
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................[3]

16) Nov 2008 Q (3_d, e)

3 Chlorine gas is manufactured by the electrolysis of brine using a diaphragm
cell
(d) Chlorine is very reactive and will form compounds by direct combination
with many elements.
Describe what you would see when chlorine is passed over separate heated
samples of sodium and phosphorus. In each case write an equation for the
reaction.
sodium ...............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

phosphorus ........................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................... [4]

(e) Magnesium chloride, MgCl2, and silicon tetrachloride, SiCl4, each dissolve
in or react with water.
Suggest the approximate pH of the solution formed in each case.
MgCl2 ………………………… SiCl4 ……………………………

182 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

Explain, with the aid of an equation, the difference between the two values.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [5]

17) June 2009 Q (1_c)

Copper forms two chlorides, CuCl and CuCl2.
(c) When copper is reacted directly with chlorine, only CuCl2 is formed.
Suggest an explanation for this observation.
............................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................... [1]

18) June 2009 Q (2_b, c)

(b) Separate samples of magnesium chloride and magnesium oxide are
shaken with water.
In each case, describe what you would see when this is done, and state the
approximate pH of the water after the solid has been shaken with it.
(i) magnesium chloride
observation ........................................................................................................
approximate pH of the water …………………
(ii) magnesium oxide
observation ........................................................................................................
approximate pH of the water …………………
[4]

(c) Magnesium burns in nitrogen to give magnesium nitride, a yellow solid

which has the formula Mg3N2.
Magnesium nitride reacts with water to give ammonia and magnesium
hydroxide.
(i) Construct an equation for the reaction of magnesium nitride with water.
............................................................................................................................

183 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

............................................................................................................................

[4]

19) Nov 2009 Q (2_a, c, d)

2 Radium was discovered in the ore pitchblende by Marie and Pierre Curie in
1898, and the metal was first isolated by them in 1910.
The metal was obtained by first reacting the radium present in the pitchblende
to form insoluble radium sulfate which was converted into aqueous radium
bromide. This solution was then electrolysed using a mercury cathode and a
carbon anode.
(a) Radium has chemical reactions that are typical of Group II metals and
forms ionic compounds.
(i) What is the characteristic feature of the electronic configurations of all
Group II metals?
............................................................................................................................

(ii) Radium sulfate is extremely insoluble. From your knowledge of the simple
salts of Group II metals, suggest another very insoluble radium salt.
................................................

[2]
(c) (i) Describe what you would see when magnesium reacts with
cold water, ..........................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

steam. ................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) Write an equation for the reaction with steam.

............................................................................................................................

[5]

184 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

(d) Radium reacts vigorously when added to water.

(i) Write an equation, with state symbols, for this reaction.
............................................................................................................................

(ii) State two observations that could be made during this reaction.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(iii) Suggest the approximate pH of the resulting solution.

………………

(iv) Will the reaction be more or less vigorous than the reaction of barium with
water?
Explain your answer.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

[6]
20) June 2010 [21] Q (1_a, b)
1 Elements and compounds which have small molecules usually exist as
gases or liquids.
(a) Chlorine, Cl2, is a gas at room temperature whereas bromine, Br2, is a
liquid under the same conditions.
Explain these observations.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) The gases nitrogen, N2, and carbon monoxide, CO, are isoelectronic, that
is they have the same number of electrons in their molecules.
Suggest why N2 has a lower boiling point than CO.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................... [2]

185 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

21)June 2010 Q [23] (2_d)

(d) When heated in chlorine, all of the alkali metals react to form the
corresponding chloride.
Describe what you see when sodium is heated in chlorine and write a
balanced equation for the reaction.
description
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
equation

............................................................................................................................

[2]

22)June 2010 Q [23] (3_b)

3 This question refers to the elements shown in the section of the Periodic
Table below.

(b) From the section of the Periodic Table above, identify two elements
whose hydrides form hydrogen bonds between their molecules.
............. and ............. [1]

23) Nov 2010 [21] Q (2)

2 Nitrogen makes up about 79% of the Earth’s atmosphere. As a constituent
element of proteins, it is present in living organisms.
Atmospheric nitrogen is used in the Haber process for the manufacture of
ammonia.
(a) Write an equation for the formation of ammonia in the Haber process.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) The Haber process is usually carried out at a high pressure of between 60
and 200 atmospheres (between 60 ×105 Pa and 200 ×105 Pa).
State two further important operating conditions that are used in the Haber
process.

186 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

For each of your conditions, explain why it is used.

condition 1 .......................................................................

reason ................................................................................................................

condition 2 .......................................................................

reason
...................................................................................................................... [4]

(c) State one large-scale use for ammonia, other than in the production of
nitrogenous fertilisers.
................................................... [1]

(d) The uncontrolled use of nitrogenous fertilisers can cause environmental

damage to lakes and streams. This is known as ‘eutrophication’.
What are the processes that occur when excessive amounts of nitrogenous
fertilizers get into lakes and streams?
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................... [2]

In many countries, new cars have to comply with regulations which are
intended to reduce the pollutants coming from their internal combustion
engines.
Two pollutants that may be formed in an internal combustion engine are
carbon monoxide, CO, and nitrogen monoxide, NO.
(e) (i) Outline how each of these pollutants may be formed in an internal
combustion engine.
CO ......................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

NO ......................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) State the main hazard associated with each of these pollutants.
CO ....................................................................

NO .................................................................... [4]

187 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

Pollutants such as CO and NO are removed from the exhaust gases of

internal combustion engines by catalytic converters which are placed in the
exhaust system of a car.
(f) (i) What metal is most commonly used as the catalyst in a catalytic
converter?
...................................................

(ii) Construct one balanced equation for the reaction in which both CO and
NO are removed from the exhaust gases by a catalytic converter.
....................................................................................................................... [2]

24) Nov 2010 [23] Q (2_a, b)

2 Sulfur and its compounds are found in volcanoes, in organic matter and in
minerals.
Sulfuric acid, an important industrial chemical, is manufactured from sulfur by
the Contact process.
The Contact process may be considered to be a three-stage process in which
sulfur is converted into sulfuric acid. Each stage consists of a single chemical
reaction.
(a) Write a balanced equation for each of these reactions in the correct
sequence.
Where appropriate, use to indicate that the reaction is an equilibrium.
first reaction .......................................................................................................

second reaction ..................................................................................................

third reaction ................................................................................................. [4]

(b) Give three different operating conditions that are used in the second
stage.
condition 1 ..........................................................................................................

condition 2 ..........................................................................................................

condition 3 ..................................................................................................... [3]

(c) State one large scale use of sulfuric acid.

................................................................... [1]

The sulfur present in crude oil is removed in order to prevent the formation of
sulfur dioxide when fuels such as petrol (gasoline) or diesel fuel are burned in
internal combustion engines.
Other substances that may be present in the exhaust gases of motor vehicles
include CO, CO2, NO/NO2, and unburnt hydrocarbons.

188 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

The emission of sulfur dioxide can produce ‘acid rain’.

(e) (i) Outline, with the aid of equations, how acid rain is formed from the
exhaust gases of motor vehicles.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) State one environmental effect of acid rain.
....................................................................................................................... [4]
(f) Sulfur dioxide is used to preserve dried fruits and vegetables.
What chemical property of SO2 enables it to be used as a food preservative?
....................................................................................................................... [1]

25) June 2011 [21] Q (3)

3 Calcium is the fifth most common element in the Earth’s crust.
Calcium compounds occur in bones and teeth and also in many minerals.
Some reactions of calcium and its compounds are shown in the reaction
scheme below.

(a) State the formula of each of the calcium compounds U to Y.

U ..............................................
V ..............................................
W ..............................................
X ..............................................

189 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

Y .............................................. [5]
(b) Compound Y may be converted into compound V.
Outline how this reaction would be carried out in a school or college
laboratory using a small sample of Y.
............................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) (i) Construct balanced equations for the following reactions.

calcium to compound U
............................................................................................................................

compound V to compound W
............................................................................................................................

compound U to compound Y
............................................................................................................................

(ii) Construct a balanced equation for the effect of heat on solid compound W.
............................................................................................................................

[4]
(d) Suggest the formula of an aqueous reagent, other than an acid, for
reaction 1.
.......................................................... [1]

(e) What would be observed when each of the following reactions is carried
out in a testtube?
the formation of X from Ca(s)

............................................................................................................................

the formation of X from V

............................................................................................................................

[2]

190 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

26) June 2011 [22] Q (3_a, b, c)

3 Barium, proton number 56, is a Group II element which occurs in nature as
the carbonate or sulfate.
The element was first isolated by Sir Humphry Davy in 1808.
Some reactions of barium and its compounds are shown in the reaction
scheme below.

(a) State the formula of each of the barium compounds R to W.

[6]
(b) (i) Write balanced equations for the following reactions.
compound T to compound W
............................................................................................................................
the roasting of V in air
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Suggest a gaseous reagent for the conversion of T into V and write a
balanced equation for the reaction.
reagent ...............................................................................................................
equation .............................................................................................................

[4]

191 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

27) Nov 2011 [23] Q (3_d)

(d) The oxides of the elements of the third Period behave differently with
NaOH(aq) and HCl (aq). In some cases, no reaction occurs.
Complete the table below by writing a balanced equation for any reaction that
occurs, with heating if necessary. If you think no reaction takes place write ‘no
reaction’.
You do not need to include state symbols in your answers.

[6]
28) June 2012 [21] Q (1)
1 Oxides are compounds which usually contain oxygen combined with one
other element.
Oxides are classified as follows. acidic alkaline amphoteric basic
(a) Using these terms only, complete the table to describe the oxides of the
elements of the third period of the Periodic Table sodium to sulfur.

192 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

(ii) Write an equation for the reaction of sodium with water.

............................................................................................................................
[4]
(d) Sulfur dioxide is present in small, but significant, amounts in the Earth’s
atmosphere.
(i) State one way by which sulfur dioxide enters the atmosphere.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Give the formula of another sulfur compound which is formed in the
atmosphere from sulfur dioxide.
...................................
(iii) What are the environmental consequences of the compound you have
identified in (ii)?
............................................................................................................................
[3]
(e) Sulfur dioxide is used as a food preservative.
What property of sulfur dioxide enables it to act in this way?
....................................................................................................................... [1]
29) June 2012 [22] Q (1_a, b)
1 The elements of the third period of the Periodic Table, sodium to sulfur, all
form chlorides by direct combination.
(a) (i) Sulfur forms a number of chlorides which are liquid at room
temperature.
Which other element of the third period forms a chloride which is liquid at
room temperature?
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Name one element of the third period which burns in chlorine with a
coloured flame.
........................
(iii) Aluminium chloride may be produced by passing a stream of chlorine over
heated aluminium powder in a long hard-glass tube.
State two observations you could make during this reaction.
.......................................................... and ..........................................................
(iv) Write a balanced equation, with state symbols, for this reaction of
aluminium with chlorine.
............................................................................................................................

193 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

(v) No chloride of argon has ever been produced.

Suggest a reason for this.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[7]
(b) When chlorides of the elements of the third period are added to water,
some simply dissolve while others can be seen to react with the water.
(i) Complete the table below, stating how the chlorides of Na, Al, and Si
behave when mixed with water. In the first column use only the terms
‘dissolve’ or ‘react’.

(ii) What type of reaction takes place between a chloride and water?
...................................................
[7]
30) Nov 2012 [21] Q (2_a)
2 Each of the Group VII elements chlorine, bromine and iodine forms a
hydride.
(a) (i) Outline how the relative thermal stabilities of these hydrides change
from HCl to HI.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Explain the variation you have outlined in (i).
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
31) Nov 2012 [21] Q (3_a, b)
3 Ammonia is an important industrial chemical which is manufactured on a
large scale by using the Haber process.
(a) (i) Write a balanced equation, with state symbols, for the reaction
occurring in the Haber process.
............................................................................................................................

194 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

(ii) Give three essential operating conditions that are used in the Haber
process.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) State one large scale use of ammonia.
............................................................................................................................
[5]
(b) Ammonia may be prepared in a school or college laboratory by using the
apparatus below.

The reaction involves the displacement of ammonia from one of its

compounds.
(i) Give the formulae of the two reactants that are heated together to produce
ammonia.
........................................ and ........................................
(ii) Construct a balanced equation for the reaction between your two reagents.
............................................................................................................................
(iii) Common drying agents include calcium oxide, concentrated sulfuric acid
and phosphorus(V) oxide.
Which one of these would be used in the drying tower in this experiment?
Explain your answer.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[5]

195 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

32) Nov 2012 [23] Q (2_a, b, c)

2 Concentrated sulfuric acid may be used in a school or college laboratory to
produce hydrogen chloride by reaction with solid chlorides such as sodium
chloride.
(a) (i) What will be seen when concentrated sulfuric acid is carefully added to
solid sodium chloride?
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Write a balanced equation for this reaction.
............................................................................................................................
(iii) Solutions of both H2SO4 and HCl are strong acids.
What is meant by the term strong acid?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
(b) If the same reaction is carried out with solid sodium iodide and
concentrated sulfuric acid, hydrogen iodide is not produced.
(i) State one observation you would make when carrying out this reaction with
solid sodium iodide.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Explain why hydrogen iodide is not a product of this reaction.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
(c) Aqueous silver nitrate and aqueous ammonia are used to test for the
presence of halide ions.
(i) Aqueous silver nitrate is slowly added to aqueous sodium chloride and the
resulting mixture is then shaken with an excess of aqueous ammonia.
Describe what you would observe at each stage of this process.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Write balanced equations, with state symbols, for all reactions that occur
in this process.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................

196 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

(iii) The same process of adding aqueous silver nitrate followed by an excess
of aqueous ammonia is repeated using aqueous sodium iodide instead of
aqueous sodium chloride.
State two differences that would be observed with aqueous sodium iodide.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[8]
33) June 2013 [21] Q (1_b, c)
(b) The uncontrolled use of nitrogenous fertilisers can cause environmental
damage to lakes and streams. This is known as eutrophication.
What are the processes that occur when excessive amounts of nitrogenous
fertilisers get into lakes and streams?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Large quantities of ammonia are manufactured by the Haber process.
Not all of this ammonia is used to make fertilisers.
State one large-scale use for ammonia, other than in the production of
nitrogenous fertilisers.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
34) June 2013 Q [22] (1_b)
(b) Ammonia and sulfuric acid are both manufactured by processes which
involve chemical equilibria.
(i) Sulfuric acid is produced from sulfur trioxide which is made by the Contact
process.
State three important operating conditions for the Contact process for the
manufacture of sulfur trioxide.
For each of your conditions, you should avoid the use of vague phrases such
as ‘high temperature’.
condition 1 ..........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
condition 2 ..........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
condition 3 ..........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................

197 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

(ii) How is the sulfur trioxide produced converted into sulfuric acid?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[4]
35) Nov 2013 Q [21] (3_b, c, d)
(b) Chlorine is very reactive and will form compounds by direct combination
with many elements.
Describe what you would see when chlorine is passed over separate heated
samples of sodium and phosphorus.
In each case write an equation for the reaction.
sodium
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
phosphorus
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [4]
(c) Chlorine reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide in two different ways,
depending on the conditions used. In each case, water, sodium chloride and
one other chlorine-containing compound are formed.
For each condition below, give the formula of the other chlorine-containing
compound and state the oxidation number of chlorine in it.

condition formula of other oxidation number of

chlorine-containing compound chlorine in this compound

cold dilute NaOH(aq)

hot concentrated NaOH(aq)

[4]
(d) Magnesium chloride, MgCl2, and silicon tetrachloride, SiCl4, each dissolve
in or react with water.
Suggest the approximate pH of the solution formed in each case.
MgCl2 ................................. SiCl4 .................................
Explain, with the aid of an equation, the difference between the two values.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[5]

198 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

36) Nov 2013 Q [23] (3_a, c, d)

3 The elements of Group VII of the Periodic Table show variation in their
properties.
(a) (i) Complete the table below, stating the colour of each element in its
normal state at room temperature.

halogen Melting point / °C colour

chlorine −101
bromine −7
iodine 114

(ii) Briefly explain why the melting points of the halogens increase from
chlorine to iodine.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[4]
(c) Interhalogen compounds like BrCl have similar properties to the halogens.
(i) By considering your answers to (a) and (b), predict the physical state of
BrCl at room temperature. Explain your answer.
physical state ............................................
explanation .........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Suggest the colour of BrCl.
............................................
[4]
(d) Cl2 and BrCl each react with aqueous KI.
(i) Describe what would be seen when Cl2 is bubbled through aqueous KI for
several minutes.
initially ................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
after several minutes ..........................................................................................
............................................................................................................................

199 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

(ii) Construct an equation for the reaction that occurs.

............................................................................................................................
(iii) Suggest an equation for the reaction that occurs between BrCl and
aqueous KI.
............................................................................................................................
(iv) How do Cl2 and BrCl behave in these reactions?
............................................................................................................................
[5]
37) June 2014 [21] Q (3_a)
3 (a) In this question, K, L and M refer to a halogen atom or halide ion.
For each part question, read the information and complete the answer lines
below.
(i) When concentrated sulfuric acid is added to solid NaK, white fumes are
produced that turn damp blue litmus paper red. No other colour changes are
observed.
identity of K = ...................................
equation for reaction ..........................................................................................
explanation of observation .................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) When silver nitrate solution is added to an aqueous solution of NaL, a
precipitate forms that remains after the addition of concentrated ammonia
solution.
identity of L = ...................................
colour of precipitate ............................................................................................
equation for reaction ..................................................................................... [3]
(iii) M2 is a liquid at room temperature with a boiling point higher than that of
chlorine but lower than that of iodine.
identity of M = ...................................
explanation .........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]

200 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

38) June 2014 [23] Q (3_c)

3 Nitrogen dioxide, NO2, can enter the atmosphere in a variety of ways.
(a) (i) State one natural and one man-made source of atmospheric NO2.
natural ................................................................................................................
man-made ..........................................................................................................
[1]
(ii) Write an equation to show how NO2 leads to the formation of nitric acid in
acid rain.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Use equations to illustrate the catalytic role of NO2 in the formation of
sulfuric acid in acid rain.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
39) June 2014 [23] Q (4_a, b)
4 The halogens and their compounds have a wide variety of uses and the
chemical and physical properties of the elements show regular patterns
related to their positions in Group VII.
(a) Chlorine, bromine and iodine all react with hydrogen.
(i) State the trend in the reactivities of the halogens with hydrogen.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain this trend in terms of bond energies.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) In the laboratory it is not very convenient to prepare hydrogen halides from
their elements.
Hydrogen halides can be prepared from their salts.
(i) Write an equation for the reaction of calcium chloride, CaCl2, with
concentrated sulfuric acid.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain why hydrogen iodide is not prepared in this way.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]

201 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

(iii) When potassium bromide, KBr, reacts with concentrated sulfuric acid,
sulfur dioxide, SO2, is produced. State what you would see and write an
equation for this reaction.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
40) Nov 2014 [21] Q (1_d)
(d) Some reactions involving magnesium and its compounds are shown in the
reaction scheme below.

(i) Give the formulae of the compounds X, Y and Z.

X .........................................................................................................................
Y .........................................................................................................................
Z .........................................................................................................................
[3]
(ii) Name the reagent needed to convert Y(s) into Z(aq) in reaction 1 and write
an equation for the reaction.
reagent ...............................................................................................................
equation .............................................................................................................
[2]
(iii) How would you convert a sample of Z(s) into Y(s) in reaction 2?
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(iv) Give equations for the conversions of Mg into X, and Z(s) into Y.
Mg to X ...............................................................................................................
Z to Y .................................................................................................................
[2]

202 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

41) Nov 2014 [23] Q (1_d)

(d) Some reactions involving chlorine and its compounds are shown in the
reaction scheme below.

(i) Give the formulae of W, X, Y and Z.

W ........................................................................................................................
X .........................................................................................................................
Y .........................................................................................................................
Z .........................................................................................................................
[4]
(ii) Write an equation for the reaction of chlorine with hot NaOH(aq).
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) State the oxidation numbers of chlorine at the start and at the end of the
reaction in (ii).
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(iv) Write an ionic equation for the reaction of Y with AgNO3(aq). Include state
symbols.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
42) June 2015 [21] Q (2_c)
(c) Although nitrogen gas makes up about 79% of the atmosphere it does not
easily form compounds.
(i) Explain why nitrogen is so unreactive.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain why the conditions in a car engine lead to the production of oxides
of nitrogen.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]

203 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

(iii) Give an equation for a reaction involved in the removal of nitrogen

monoxide, NO, from a car’s exhaust gases, in the catalytic converter.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
One of the main reasons for reducing the amounts of oxides of nitrogen in the
atmosphere is their contribution to the formation of acid rain.
(iv) Write an equation for the formation of nitric acid from nitrogen dioxide,
NO2, in the atmosphere.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(v) Write equations showing the catalytic role of nitrogen monoxide, NO, in the
oxidation of atmospheric sulfur dioxide, SO2.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
43) June 2015 [22] Q (2_a, c, d)
2 Sulfuric acid is an important chemical with a variety of uses.
It is manufactured by the Contact process, the first stage of which involves the
conversion of sulfur or a sulfide ore, such as galena, PbS, into sulfur dioxide,
SO2.
(a) (i) Write an equation for the reaction between galena and oxygen to form
sulfur dioxide and lead(II) oxide.
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Identify the oxidation number changes that take place during this reaction.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) In the third stage of the process the sulfur trioxide is dissolved in 98%
sulfuric acid followed by carefully controlled addition of water.
(i) Explain why the sulfur trioxide is not dissolved directly in water to produce
sulfuric acid.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Write equations for the reaction of sulfur trioxide with sulfuric acid and for
the subsequent reaction with water.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) Explain why sulfur dioxide is used as an additive in some foods and wines.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]

204 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 10

44) June 2015 [23] Q (2_a, b)

2 The elements in Group II, and their compounds, show a variety of trends in
their properties.
(a) Magnesium, calcium and barium all react with cold water to form
hydroxides.
(i) Describe and explain the trend in reactivity of these three elements with
cold water.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) Give the equation for the reaction of magnesium with cold water.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Suggest why the water eventually turns cloudy during the reaction of
magnesium with cold water.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(iv) Suggest the equation for the reaction of hot magnesium with steam.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) The oxides of magnesium, calcium and barium all react with dilute nitric
acid to form nitrates.
(i) Give the equation for the reaction of magnesium oxide with nitric acid.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the trend in thermal stability of the nitrates of Group II.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Give the equation for the thermal decomposition of magnesium nitrate.
....................................................................................................................... [1]

205 10 – Inorganic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

• Alkanes

• Alkenes

• Halogenoalkanes

• Alcohols

• Aldehydes and ketones

• Carboxylic acids and derivatives

• Polymers

206 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

1) June 2002 Q (5)

5 Crude oil is the principal source of hydrocarbons. The following are
examples of such hydrocarbons.

(a) Give the structural formulae of the organic products in the following
reactions.
(i) The reaction of ethane with bromine in the presence of u.v. light.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) The polymerisation of propene.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) The oxidation of propene with cold, acidified potassium manganate(VII).
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iv) The reaction of cyclohexene with hydrogen bromide.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(v) The reaction of cyclohexene with hot acidified potassium manganate(VII).
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[5]
(b) Write equations for the following reactions.
(i) The complete combustion of ethane.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) The action of steam on propene in the presence of a catalyst.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................

207 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(iii) The reaction of cyclohexene with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst.

............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
(c) The process of cracking produces useful substances from oil.
(i) Explain why cracking is useful.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Suggest an equation for the cracking of C16H34 into at least three
fragments.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
2) June 2002 Q (6_a, b)
6 Chlorofluorocarbons, CFCs, are small alkane molecules in which some of
the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by atoms of chlorine and fluorine.
(a) (i) State two uses of CFCs.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) What property of CFCs causes them to be useful?
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) A typical CFC is CHF2CHClF.
(i) Which covalent bond in this CFC is the weakest?
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Why does this CFC present an environmental concern?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]

208 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(26) Nov 2002 Q (5)

5 Samples of the following compounds were labelled A to E as shown.

Complete the table below by inserting the letter (or letters) of the compounds
that correspond to each test.

[9]
3) Nov 2002 Q (6)
6 Pentan-1-ol, C5H11OH, is important in the synthesis of organic compounds.
(a) Give the structural formula of another primary alcohol which is an isomer
of pentan-1-ol.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[1]
(b) (i) Write a balanced equation for the preparation of 1-bromopentane from
pentan-1-ol.
(ii) This preparation gives a yield of 60%. Calculate the mass of pentan-1-ol
required to produce 15.0 g of 1-bromopentane.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]

209 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(c) Dehydration of pentan-1-ol produces pent-1-ene. Sketch on the diagram

below the orbital overlap between the two carbon atoms. Label the bonds.

[2]
(d) The two compounds below are among many secreted by insects to attract
members of the same species. Such compounds are used in traps to control
insect populations.
They need to be made synthetically.
For each synthesis outline how they could be prepared from pentan-1-ol,
giving the necessary reagents and conditions.
(i) CH3(CH2)3CO2H
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) CH3CO2(CH2)4CH3
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[4]
4) June 2003 Q (5)
5 (a) Draw a section of poly(propene), showing three repeat units.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[1]
(b) To what homologous series does poly(propene) belong?
........................................................................................................................[1]
(c) When a rupture (hernia) or a deep wound, e.g. as a result of a sports
accident, is repaired by surgery, a mesh is inserted below the muscle tissue
so that on healing the wound is less likely to reopen and the repair is stronger.
Poly(propene) is the recommended material for the mesh.

210 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(i) Suggest two reasons why poly(propene) is used rather than a natural fibre
such as cotton.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Members of the homologous series you have given in (b) are considered
to have two different kinds of reactions. Explain why neither of them can take
place in a poly(propene) mesh inserted in living body tissues.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[4]
5) June 2003 Q (6)
6 A compound, A, has the following composition by mass.
C, 66.7%; H, 11.1%; O, 22.2%.
It has an Mr of 72.
(a) Calculate the molecular formula of A.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) A reacts with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine but not with Fehling’s or Tollens’
reagents.
(i) State what you would see when A reacts with the 2,4 dinitro phenyl
hydrazine reagent.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) State what functional group is present in A. .................................................
(iii) Identify A either by name or by its structural formula.
........................................................................................................................[3]
(c) A can be reduced to compound B.
For this reaction
(i) state a suitable reducing agent,
................................................................................
(ii) name the functional group in B (two words are required),
............................................................................................................................

211 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(iii) give the structural formula of B.

(ii) Write an equation for the hydrolysis of one of these esters by hot, aqueous
sodium hydroxide.
........................................................................................................................[4]
(b) State two general physical properties of esters.
(i) ........................................................................................................................
(ii) ...................................................................................................................[2]
(c) State two commercial uses of esters.
(i) ........................................................................................................................
(ii) ...................................................................................................................[2]

212 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

7) Nov 2003 Q (4)

4 The apparatus shown can be used to prepare ethene from ethanol.

(a) (i) State what type of reaction takes place on the hot pumice.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Write an equation for this preparation.
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Describe the colour changes which are observed and write equations for
the reaction of ethene with the following two reagents.
(i) bromine
colour change from ..................................... to ..................................................
equation .............................................................................................................
(ii) cold, dilute, acidified manganate(VII) ions
colour change from ..................................... to ..................................................
equation .............................................................................................................
[4]
(c) Draw structures for each of the following polymers showing two repeat units.
(i) poly(ethene)
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) pvc [poly(chloroethene)]
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]

213 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(d) The formula of the alkene cyclohexene can be written as shown.

(i) State the molecular formula of cyclohexene. .................................................

(ii) Calculate the percentage of carbon by mass in cyclohexene.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
8) Nov 2003 Q (5)

(a) 1-Bromobutane reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide to form butan-1-ol.

(i) Give a balanced equation for this reaction.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Name the type of reaction. …........................................................................
(iii) Describe the mechanism of this reaction.

[5]
(b) 1-Bromobutane and 2-bromo-2-methylpropane both react with an
ethanolic (alcoholic) solution of sodium hydroxide to form alkenes.
(i) Name the type of reaction. ............................................................................
(ii) Identify, by means of the structural formula, the alkene formed from
I 1-bromobutane,

II 2-bromo-2-methylpropane.

214 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(iii) Hot, concentrated manganate(VII) ions break the double bond in alkenes.
Each of the two alkenes in (b)(ii) gives CO2 and H2O from the terminal group,
but the rest of the molecule remains as an organic oxidation product. Suggest
the formula of each of these products.
from I ..................................................................................................................
from II .................................................................................................................
[5]
(c) Complete the reaction sequence giving the intermediate, the reagents and
the conditions for the synthesis of 2,2-dimethylpropanoic acid.

Step I: reagent ...................................................................................................

conditions ...........................................................................................................
Step II: reagent ..................................................................................................
conditions ...........................................................................................................
[3]
9) June 2004 Q (4)
4 Esters are compounds which provide the flavour of many fruits and the
perfumes of many flowers.
(a) The ester CH3(CH2)2CO2CH3 contributes to the aroma of apples.
(i) State the reagents and conditions needed for the hydrolysis of this ester.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Write the equation for the hydrolysis of this ester.
............................................................................................................................
(iii) Apart from their use as perfumes and food flavourings, state one major
commercial use of esters.
........................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Leaf alcohol is a stereoisomer that can form when insects such as
caterpillars eat green leaves.

215 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(i) Draw the other stereo-isomer of leaf alcohol.

............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Draw the structure for the ester formed when leaf alcohol reacts with
ethanoic acid. Show all the bonds in the ester group.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
(c) (i) Deduce the relative molecular mass, Mr, for leaf alcohol.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Leaf alcohol was reacted to form a product with an Mr value 18 units less.
Suggest a structure for this product and deduce the type of reaction that took
place. structure of product.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
type of reaction ..............................................................................................[3]
(d) Describe a simple chemical test to distinguish between leaf alcohol and
your product in (c)(ii).
test .....................................................................................................................
observation ....................................................................................................[2]
10) June 2004 Q (5)
5 A number of organic compounds containing the halogens fluorine and/or
chlorine are commercially important because of their chemical inertness.
(a) Name three such compounds, and for each state a use where its
inertness is important.
(i) ........................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) .......................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) ......................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[6]

216 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(b) Under certain conditions in the upper atmosphere, some of these

compounds break down.
(i) Explain how this happens and what effects this has, in chemical terms.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Suggest alternative compounds, which do not contain a halogen, for two
of the uses you have given in (a).
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[5]
11) Nov 2004 Q (4)
4 Some perfumes and scents of flowers and fruit contain compounds which
are structural isomers. Two such examples are citronellol and geraniol.

(a) Confirm that citronellol and geraniol are isomers by calculating their
molecular formula and their relative molecular mass, Mr.
(i) Molecular formula ..........................................................................................
(ii) Mr .............................................................................................................[2]
(b) Name two functional groups present in both molecules.
(i) ........................................................................................................................
(ii) ...................................................................................................................[3]
Citronellol and geraniol also show stereo isomerism.
(c) On the diagram of the structure of citronellol above, draw a circle around a
chiral carbon atom. [1]
(d) (i) Draw the other cis-trans isomer of geraniol. [In parts (d) and (f) use R –
to represent a part of the molecule.]
(ii) Explain why geraniol has no optical isomers.
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[2]

217 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(e) State what you would expect to see if citronellol was reacted with aqueous
bromine.
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[1]
(f) Draw structures of the organic products when geraniol reacts with each of
the following reagents.
2
(i) an excess of H+/Cr2O 7 under reflux
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) ethanoic acid in the presence of an acidic catalyst
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) hydrogen bromide, HBr
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[4]
12) Nov 2004 Q (5_a, b)
5 2-Hydroxypropanoic acid (lactic acid), CH3CH(OH)CO2H, can be prepared
in a two-stage synthesis from ethanal, CH3CHO.
(a) In the first stage, ethanal reacts with hydrogen cyanide, HCN, in the
presence of an NaCN catalyst to produce a cyanohydrin.
(i) Write an equation for the reaction of ethanal and HCN, giving the displayed
formula of the product.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) State what type of reaction this is.
............................................................................................................................
(iii) Describe the mechanism of this reaction.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[5]

218 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(b) In the second stage, the product from (a) is converted into lactic acid.
(i) Write the equation for this stage.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) State what type of reaction this is.
........................................................................................................................[2]
13) June 2005 Q (4)
4 Compound G, in which R– represents the rest of the molecule, was made
for use as a tear gas in World War 2.

Compound G was made by the following sequence of reactions.

(a) (i) For stage I and for stage II, state the reagent(s) and condition(s) used
to carry out each change.
stage I reagent(s) ...............................................................................................
condition(s) ........................................................................................................
stage II reagent(s) ..............................................................................................
condition(s) ........................................................................................................
(ii) Suggest the reagent(s) and condition(s) necessary to carry out stage III.
reagent(s) ...........................................................................................................
condition(s) ........................................................................................................
[6]
Compound G was not actually used in World War 2 and stocks of it had to be
destroyed safely. The following sequence of reactions was used in this
process.

219 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(b) For stage IV and for stage V state the reagent(s) and condition(s)
necessary to bring about each reaction.
stage IV reagent(s) ............................................................................................
condition(s) ........................................................................................................
stage V reagent(s) .............................................................................................
condition(s) ................................................................................................... [4]
(c) The full sequence of stages I to VI involves some compounds which
contain chiral centres.
(i) Explain what is meant by the term chiral centre.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Draw displayed formulae for the isomers of one compound in the full
sequence of stages I to VI which you consider to be chiral.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
14) June 2005 Q (5)
5 A student obtained the following results when analysing an organic
compound, H.

The student allowed test 5 to go to completion and then investigated the

product of test 5 with the following result.

220 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(a) Calculate the molecular formula of H.

............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) What can be deduced about the nature of H by the following tests?
(i) test 3 ..............................................................................................................
(ii) test 4 .............................................................................................................
[2]
(c) (i) What functional group would have given a positive result in test 6?
............................................................................................................................
(ii) What functional group is shown to be present in H by tests 5 and 6?
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(d) On testing a sample of H, the student found that it was not chiral.
H did, however, show cis-trans isomerism.
How does cis-trans isomerism arise in an organic molecule?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(e) Use all of the information above to draw labelled, displayed formulae of the
stereoisomers of compound H.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
15) Nov 2005 Q (4)
4 Alcohols are widely used as solvents and in the manufacture of esters.
Butan-1-ol, C4H10O, is an example of a primary alcohol.
(a) What is meant by the term primary alcohol?
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) There are three more alcohols with molecular formula C4H10O that are
structural isomers of butan-1-ol.
Complete the table below by drawing displayed formulae of each of these
three compounds.

221 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

For each isomer, state whether it is a primary, secondary, or tertiary alcohol.

[6]
(c) Butan-1-ol can be oxidised to a carboxylic acid by heating with an acidified
solution of potassium dichromate(VI).
(i) What colour change would be seen during this reaction?
from ....................................................... to ........................................................
(ii) State which of the isomers you have drawn in (b) could also be oxidised to
form a carboxylic acid.
............................................................................................................................
[3]
16) Nov 2005 Q (5)
5 Compound Z, an organic compound with three functional groups, has the
molecular formula C4H6O2. The functional groups can be confirmed by the
following tests.
(a) Test for the first functional group.
Z decolourises aqueous bromine.
What functional group is shown to be present in Z by this test?
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Tests for the second functional group.
Z reacts with sodium to give hydrogen and a solid compound of formula
C4H5O2Na.
When Z is heated with ethanoic acid and a few drops of concentrated
sulphuric acid, a sweet smelling liquid of molecular formula C6H8O3 is formed.
What functional group is shown to be present in Z by these tests?
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Tests for the third functional group.
A few drops of Z form a yellow/orange precipitate when added to
2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine reagent.

222 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

When a few drops of Z are warmed with Tollens’ reagent, a silver mirror is
formed.
What functional group is shown to be present in Z by these tests?
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(d) Z does not show cis-trans isomerism.
Draw the displayed formula of Z.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
In parts (e) and (f) you may use R– to represent the part of the molecule that
does not react.
(e) What is the organic compound formed by the reactions of Z in each of the
tests in (b)?
with sodium
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
with ethanoic acid
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(f) Draw the structure of the organic compound formed by Z in each of the
tests in (c).
with Tollens’ reagent

223 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(g) But-2-enoic acid is an isomer of Z which shows cis-trans isomerism.

Draw a displayed formula of the cis isomer of this acid.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
17) June 2006 Q (4)
4 Compounds containing the allyl group, CH2=CHCH2− , have pungent smells
and are found in onions and garlic.
Allyl alcohol, CH2=CHCH2OH, is a colourless liquid which is soluble in water.
(a) Allyl alcohol behaves as an alkene and as a primary alcohol.
Give the structural formula of the organic compound formed when allyl alcohol is
(i) reacted with Br2,
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
2
(ii) heated under reflux with an acidified solution of Cr2O7 ions.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) When allyl alcohol is reacted with MnO2 at room temperature, propenal,
CH2=CHCHO is formed.
What type of reaction is this?
........................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Allyl alcohol may be converted into propanal, CH3CH2CHO, by using a
ruthenium(IV) catalyst in water.

The reactant and the product are isomers.

What form of isomerism do they display?
........................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Allyl alcohol can be converted into propanal in two steps without the use
of a ruthenium(IV) catalyst.

What reagents and conditions would be used for each step?

224 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

step I
reagent(s) ...........................................................................................................
condition(s) ........................................................................................................
step II
reagent(s) ...........................................................................................................
condition(s) ....................................................................................................[4]
(e) By considering your answers to (b) and (d), suggest what is unusual about
the singlestep reaction in (c).
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[1]
(f) Suggest the structural formula of the organic compound formed when allyl
alcohol is

(i) reacted with cold, dilute MnO 4 ions,
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................

(ii) heated under reflux with acidified MnO 4 ions.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
18) June 2006 Q (5)
5 Many organic reactions are substitution reactions in which the number of
carbon atoms in the organic compound is unchanged.
(a) What is meant by the term substitution reaction?
............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................[1]
(b) One example of a substitution reaction is the formation of an alcohol from
a halogenoalkane.
(i) Write a balanced equation for the formation of ethanol from bromoethane.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) State the conditions for this reaction.
........................................................................................................................[2]

225 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(c) In a few organic reactions, the product contains one more carbon atom
than the starting material.
(i) Write the equation for a reaction in which the organic compound
bromoethane, which contains two carbon atoms, is converted into an organic
compound which contains three carbon atoms.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) State the conditions for this reaction.
........................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Ethanol may be converted into propanoic acid in a three-stage process
which uses ethanol as the only organic compound.

(i) Give the structural formulae of the intermediate compounds K and L.

K ........................................................................................................................
L .........................................................................................................................
(ii) State the reagent(s) used and give the essential condition(s) for step I and
for step III.
step I
reagent(s) ...........................................................................................................
condition(s) ........................................................................................................
step III
reagent(s) ...........................................................................................................
condition(s) ........................................................................................................
[6]
19) Nov 2006 Q (4)
4 Octadecane, C18H38, is a long chain hydrocarbon which is present in crude
oil. Such long chain hydrocarbons are ‘cracked’ to produce alkanes and
alkenes which have smaller molecules.
(a) Give two different conditions under which long chain molecules may be
cracked.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Octadecane, C18H38, can be cracked to form hexane and an alkene.
Write a balanced equation for this reaction.
....................................................................................................................... [1]

226 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

Alkenes are important industrially because the C=C bond makes them very
reactive.
(c) Ethene reacts with bromine to give 1,2-dibromoethane.
(i) What type of reaction is this?
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Outline the mechanism of this reaction, giving the structure of the
intermediate.
Show clearly any relevant dipoles, charges and lone pairs of electrons.

The unsaturated hydrocarbon Z is obtained by cracking hexane and is

important in the chemical industry.
The standard enthalpy change of combustion of Z is –2059 kJ mol–1.
(d) Define the term standard enthalpy change of combustion.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
When 0.47 g of Z were completely burnt in air, the heat produced raised the
temperature of 200 g of water by 27.5 °C.
(e) (i) Calculate the amount of heat released in this experiment.
(ii) Use the data above and your answer to (i) to calculate the relative
molecular mass of Z.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[4]
(f) Deduce the molecular formula of Z.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[1]

227 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(g) The unsaturated hydrocarbon Z can be polymerised.

Draw the structure of the polymer of Z showing two repeat units.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[1]
20) Nov 2006 Q (5)
5 Lactic acid, 2-hydroxypropanoic acid, CH3CH(OH)CO2H, occurs in sour
milk.
Glycollic acid, 2-hydroxyethanoic acid, HOCH2CO2H, occurs in sugar cane.
(a) Lactic acid may be synthesised from propene by the following sequence.

(i) What reagent(s) and condition(s) are used for step I?

reagent(s) ...........................................................................................................
condition(s) ........................................................................................................
(ii) What type of reaction is step II?
............................................................................................................................
[3]
(b) Glycollic acid may be synthesised from ethanoic acid by the following
sequence.

(i) Suggest the reagent(s) and condition(s) that are used for step III.
reagent(s) ...........................................................................................................
condition(s) ........................................................................................................
(ii) What reagents and conditions are used in step IV?
reagent(s) ...........................................................................................................
condition(s) ........................................................................................................
[4]

228 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(c) Lactic acid and glycollic acid react differently when heated under reflux
with acidified dichromate(VI) ions.
Draw the structural formula of the organic product in each case.

product from lactic acid product from glycollic acid

[2]
(d) Lactic acid is chiral. Draw displayed formulae of the two optical isomers of
lactic acid clearly showing their three-dimensional structures. Indicate with an
asterisk (*) the chiral carbon atom in each.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
Glycollic acid and lactic acid each give the reactions of an alcohol group and
of a carboxylic acid group. Each compound will react with the other to give an
ester.
(e) When one molecule of glycollic acid reacts with one molecule of lactic
acid, it is possible to form two different esters.
Draw the structure of each of these esters.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
Glycollic acid and lactic acid are reacted together to make the material for
‘soluble stitches’ (also known as ‘soluble sutures’) which are used in surgery.
In this material, many molecules of each acid have been reacted to form a
long chain ‘polyester’ molecule which contains many ester groups.
This polyester is used in surgery to sew up wounds inside the body.
Over a period of time, the polyester undergoes a chemical reaction and
breaks up to re-form the two individual hydroxy-acids.

229 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(f) (i) This reaction occurs where the pH of the body is about pH 5 to pH 6.
Suggest what type of chemical reaction causes the polyester material to break
up.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Suggest why the products of this reaction are soluble in water.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
21) June 2007 Q (1_d)
(d) When ethene is reacted with HCl, C2H5Cl is the only product.
(i) Using structural formulae, give an equation for the reaction between ethene
and HCl.
(ii) What type of reaction occurs between HCl and ethene?
............................................................................................................................
(iii) Explain why there is no further reaction between C2H5Cl and HCl.
............................................................................................................................
[3]

230 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

22) June 2007 Q (2_d)

Alcohols may be classified into primary, secondary and tertiary. Some
reactions are common to all three types of alcohol. In other cases, the same
reagent gives different products depending on the nature of the alcohol.
(d) In the empty squares below give the structural formula of the organic
compound formed in each of the reactions indicated.
If no reaction occurs, write ‘no reaction’ in the space.

[5]
23) June 2007 Q (4)
4 Commercial paint and varnish removers contain a mixture of
dichloromethane, CH2Cl2, and methanol, CH3OH.
(a) What would be observed when the following reactions are carried out?
In each case, give the name or formula of the reaction product which is
responsible for the observation you have made.
(i) CH2Cl2 is reacted with NaOH(aq) and AgNO3(aq) and the mixture left to
stand.

231 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

observation ........................................................................................................
product responsible ............................................................................................
(ii) CH3OH is mixed with PCl5.
observation ........................................................................................................
product responsible ............................................................................................
(iii) CH3OH is reacted with sodium.
observation ........................................................................................................
product responsible ............................................................................................
[6]
(b) When CH2Cl2 is heated under reflux with an excess of NaOH(aq), a
compound W is formed.
W has the following composition by mass: C, 40.0%; H, 6.7%; O, 53.3%.
Use this information and the Data Booklet to show that the empirical formula
of W is CH2O.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Compounds with the empirical formula CH2O can have the molecular
formula C2H4O2.
Two possible structural formulae for compounds with molecular formula
C2H4O2 are HCO2CH3 and H2C=C(OH)2.
In the boxes below, draw displayed formulae for three further structural
isomers with the molecular formula C2H4O2.
Do not attempt to draw any structures containing rings or O–O bonds.

[3]
(d) Identify which of your compounds, X, Y, or Z, will react with the following
reagents.
In each case, state what you would observe.
(i) solid NaHCO3
compound ............
observation ........................................................................................................
232 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)
Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) Tollens’ reagent

compound ............
observation ........................................................................................................
[4]
(e) One of the three compounds, X, Y, or Z, shows stereoisomerism.
Draw displayed labelled structures of the stereoisomers of this compound.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
24) Nov 2007 Q (4)
4 The molecular formula of a compound states the number of atoms of each
element that are present in one molecule. It contains no information about the
structure of the molecule.
Hydrocarbons with the molecular formula C5H10 may be branched chain,
straight chain or cyclic.
(a) Draw a displayed formula of C5H10 as a branched chain hydrocarbon.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[1]
Pent-2-ene is one straight chain hydrocarbon with formula C5H10.
(b) Pent-2-ene exhibits cis-trans isomerism. Draw and label the structural
formulae of the two cis-trans isomers of pent-2-ene.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) In the spaces below draw the structural formulae of two alcohols which
would each produce pent-2-ene on dehydration.

[2]
233 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)
Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(d) One of these alcohols exhibits optical isomerism. Draw the structural
formulae of the two isomers of this alcohol. Your structures should clearly
indicate the three-dimensional nature of the structures.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(e) Pent-2-ene decolourises aqueous bromine. Suggest the structural formula
of an isomer of C5H10 which does not decolourise aqueous bromine.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[1]
(f) Pent-2-ene can be polymerised. Draw a section of the polymer chain
produced showing two repeat units.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................
[1]
25) Nov 2007 Q (5)
5 Ethanoic acid, CH3CO2H, is formed as vinegar by the bacterial oxidation of
ethanol present in wine and other solutions.

Ethanoic acid can also be formed in the laboratory by the oxidation of ethanol.
(a) (i) What oxidising agent is used for this laboratory reaction?
............................................................................................................................
(ii) What colour change would be observed?
from ...................................................... to .........................................................
[2]
When ethanoic acid is prepared in this way in the laboratory, the reagents are
heated under reflux for some time before the ethanoic acid is separated.
(b) (i) Why is the reaction carried out by heating under reflux?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................

234 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) What would be the main organic compound formed if, instead of heating
under reflux, the reagents were heated together and the products immediately
distilled off?
...........................................................
[2]
(c) Ethanoic acid is manufactured from methanol, CH3OH, by reacting it with
carbon monoxide in the presence of a catalyst containing rhodium metal and
iodide ions.

The reaction proceeds in a number of stages.

(i) One stage in this process is the reaction of methanol with hydrogen iodide.
What organic compound is formed in this reaction?
............................................................................................................................
(ii) A later stage involves the conversion of an intermediate compound.

What type of reaction is this?

............................................................................................................................
[2]
(d) Methanol can be converted into ethanoic acid in the laboratory in a three-
stage process.

What reagent(s) and conditions are used in each step of the conversion?
step I
reagent(s) .....................................................................
conditions ......................................................................
step II
reagent(s) .....................................................................
conditions ......................................................................
step III
reagent(s) .....................................................................
conditions ......................................................................
[6]

235 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

26) June 2008 Q (4)

4 Two types of isomerism found in organic compounds are structural
isomerism and cis-trans isomerism.
(a) Draw displayed formulae for
(i) two structural isomers of C2H4Br2,

(ii) the cis- and the trans- isomers of C2H2Br2.

[4]
(b) (i) The cis- isomer of C2H2Br2 can be converted into one of the structural
isomers of C2H4Br2. State the reagent(s) and conditions you would use to do
this.
............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

(ii) Which of your structural isomers, D or E, would be formed? Explain your

answer.
isomer formed is .................
reason ................................................................................................................
[3]
27) June 2008 Q (5)
5 Ethanedial (glyoxal) is used in the production of fabrics which have
permanent creases.

Ethanedial undergoes many of the reactions of aldehydes.

236 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)
Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(a) Ethanedial reacts with Tollens’ reagent.

(i) What would you see if you carried out this reaction?
............................................................................................................................
(ii) What is the structural formula of the organic compound formed?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Ethanedial reacts with hydrogen cyanide, HCN, to give compound F.
(i) What is the structural formula of F?
(ii) What type of reaction is this?
............................................................................................................................
(iii) What is the structural formula of the compound formed when F is heated
with an aqueous mineral acid such as dilute sulphuric acid?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
(c) Ethanedial can be oxidised and reduced.
(i) What is the structural formula of the organic compound formed when
ethanedial is heated under reflux with an excess of acidified potassium
dichromate(VI)?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) What is the structural formula of the compound formed when ethanedial is
reduced?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) What reagent would be used for this reduction?
............................................................................................................................
[3]

237 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(d) When ethanedial is reacted with NaOH and the product treated with a
mineral acid such as dilute sulphuric acid, the following reaction sequence
takes place.

What type of reaction is the overall change?

....................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) An isomer of ethanedial exists which reacts with sodium metal to give
hydrogen. Suggest the displayed formula of this isomer.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
28) Nov 2008 Q (4)
4 Organic chemistry is the chemistry of carbon compounds. The types of
organic reactions that you have studied are listed below.

Addition and substitution reactions are further described as follows.

Complete the table below.

Fill in the central column by using only the types of reaction given in the lists
above. Use both lists when appropriate.
In the right hand column give the name(s) or formula(e) of the reagent(s) you
would use to carry out the reaction given.

238 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

29) Nov 2008 Q (5)

5 An organic ester, B, has the empirical formula C2H4O. An experiment by a
student in a college gave a value of 87.5 for Mr of B.
(a) What is the molecular formula of B?
………………………… [1]
(b) In the boxes below, draw the structural formulae of four isomers of B that
are esters.

239 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

[4]
The student hydrolysed his sample of B by heating with aqueous mineral acid
and then separating the alcohol, C, that was formed. He heated the alcohol C
under reflux with acidified dichromate(VI) ions and collected the product D.
A sample of D gave an orange precipitate with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine
reagent. A second sample of D gave no reaction with Tollens’ reagent.
(c) (i) What group does the reaction with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine reagent
show to be present in D?
………………………………………
(ii) What does the result of the test with Tollens’ reagent show about D?
………………………………………
(iii) What is the structural formula of the alcohol C?
(iv) Which of your esters, W, X, Y, or Z has the same structure as that of the
ester B?
……………… [4]
(d) Which, if any of your esters, W, X, Y, or Z is chiral? Explain your answer.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]

240 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

30) June 2009 Q (4)

4 (a) Complete the following reaction scheme which starts with ethanal.
In each empty box, write the structural formula of the organic compound
that would be formed.

[6]
(b) Write the structural formula for the organic compound formed when, under
suitable conditions,
(i) compound C reacts with compound D,
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................

241 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) compound C reacts with compound E.

(a) When F is formed in step I no other compound is produced.

Suggest a structural formula for F, which contains one –OH group.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[1]
(b) Compound G has two functional groups.
Name one functional group present in G and show how you would identify it.
Put your answers in the table.

242 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

[3]
(c) G is formed from F in step II.
Use your answers to (a) and (b) to suggest
(i) what type of reaction occurs in step II,
............................................................
(ii) a reagent for step II.
............................................................ [2]
(d) The production of MIBK from G in step III involves the hydrogenation of
the >C = C< group and is carried out catalytically. A mixture of compounds is
formed because the >C=O group is also reduced.
What reagent(s) and solvent are normally used in a laboratory to reduce a
>C= O group without reducing a >C=C< group present in the same molecule?
reagent(s) ...........................................................................................................
solvent ........................................................................................................... [2]
G has a number of structural isomers.
(e) Draw the displayed formulae of a pair of structural isomers of G which
contain the CH3CO– group and which exhibit cis-trans isomerism.
Label each structure cis or trans and give your reasoning.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
32) Nov 2009 Q (4)
4 The structural formulae of six different compounds, A – F, are given below.
Each compound contains four carbon atoms in its molecule.

243 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(a) (i) What is the empirical formula of compound E? ………………

(ii) Draw the skeletal formula of compound D.
(iii) Structural formulae do not show all of the isomers that may exist for a
given molecular formula. Which two compounds each show different types
of isomerism and what type of isomerism does each compound show?
Identify each compound by its letter.

[4]
Compound D may be converted into compound C.
(b) (i) What type of reaction is this?
………………………………………
(ii) What reagent would you use for this reaction?
………………………………………
(iii) What is formed when compound E undergoes the same reaction using an
excess of the same reagent?
……………………………………… [3]
Compound A may be converted into compound B in a two-stage reaction.

(c) (i) What is the structural formula of the intermediate compound formed in
this sequence?
(ii) Outline how stage I may be carried out to give this intermediate
compound.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) What reagent would be used for stage II?
………………………………………… [4]
(d) Compounds D and F are isomers.
What type of isomerism do they show?
………………………………………… [1]

244 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

33) Nov 2009 Q (5)

5 Three organic compounds, G, H, and J, each have the empirical formula CH2O.
The numbers of carbon atoms in their molecules are shown in the table.

In H and in J, the carbon atoms are bonded directly to one another.

G gives a silver mirror when treated with Tollens’ reagent.
H and J each give a brisk effervescence with Na2CO3(aq).
(a) Identify G.
……………………………………… [1]
(b) (i) What functional group is common to both H and J?
………………………………………
(ii) Identify H.
………………………………………
(iii) Identify J.
……………………………………… [3]
(c) When J is heated under reflux with acidified K2Cr2O7, the product, K, gives
a red-orange precipitate with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine reagent.
Draw the structural formula of K, the compound formed from J.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[1]
(d) When J is warmed with concentrated sulfuric acid, a cyclic compound, L,
is formed.
L has the molecular formula C6H8O4.
(i) Suggest a displayed formula for L
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) What type of reaction occurs when L is formed from J?
……………………………………… [2]

245 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

34) June 2010 Q (4)

4 (a) Complete the following reaction scheme which starts with propene.
In each empty box, write the structural formula of the organic compound
that would be formed.

[7]
(b) Under suitable conditions, compound E will react with compound B.
(i) What functional group is produced in this reaction?
............................................................
(ii) How is this reaction carried out in a school or college laboratory?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]

246 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

35) June 2010 [21] Q (5)

5 Isomerism occurs in many organic compounds. The two main forms of
isomerism are structural isomerism and stereoisomerism. Many organic
compounds that occur naturally have molecules that can show
stereoisomerism, that is cis-trans or optical isomerism.
(a) (i) Explain what is meant by structural isomerism.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) State two different features of molecules that can give rise to
stereoisomerism.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
Unripe fruit often contains polycarboxylic acids, that is acids with more than
one carboxylic acid group in their molecule.
One of these acids is commonly known as tartaric acid, HO2CCH(OH)CH(OH)CO2H.
(b) Give the structural formula of the organic compound produced when
tartaric acid is reacted with an excess of NaHCO3.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[1]
Another acid present in unripe fruit is citric acid,

(c) Does citric acid show optical isomerism? Explain your answer.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
A third polycarboxylic acid present in unripe fruit is a colourless crystalline solid,
W, which has the following composition by mass: C, 35.8%; H, 4.5%; O, 59.7%.
(d) (i) Show by calculation that the empirical formula of W is C4H6O5.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................

247 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) The Mr of W is 134. Use this value to determine the molecular formula of W.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
A sample of W of mass 1.97 g was dissolved in water and the resulting
solution titrated with 1.00 mol dm–3 NaOH. 29.4 cm3 were required for
complete neutralisation.
(e) (i) Use these data to deduce the number of carboxylic acid groups present
in one molecule of W.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Suggest the displayed formula of W.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[5]
36) June 2010 [22] Q (4_c, d, e, f)
(c) Compound F, is an ester with the molecular formula C4H8O2.
F is one of four isomers, S, T, U, and V, that are all esters.
In the boxes below, the structural formula of S is given.
Draw the structural formulae of the other three isomers of F that are esters.

[3]
(d) When the ester F is hydrolysed, an alcohol G is produced.
(i) What reagent can be used to hydrolyse an ester to an alcohol?
...................................

248 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) What other type of organic compound is produced at the same time?
...................................
[2]
(e) On mild oxidation, the alcohol G gives a compound H which forms a silver
mirror with Tollens’ reagent.
(i) What functional group does the reaction with Tollens’ reagent show to be
present in compound H? Give the name of this group.
...................................
(ii) What type of alcohol is G?
...................................
(iii) What could be the structural formula of the alcohol G?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
(f) (i) Which of the four isomers, S, T, U, or V, could not be F?
...................................
(ii) Explain your answer.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
37) June 2010 [22] Q (5)
5 Alkenes such as propene can be readily prepared from alcohols in a school
or college laboratory by using the apparatus below.

(a) (i) Give the name of an alcohol that can be used in this apparatus to
prepare propene.
.......................................................

249 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) Draw the skeletal formula of the alcohol you have named in (i).

(iii) What type of reaction occurs in this case?

.......................................................
[3]
(b) (i) During the reaction, the material X becomes black in colour.
Suggest the identity of the black substance and suggest how it is produced
during the reaction.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) At the end of the experiment, when no more propene is being produced,
the delivery tube is removed from the water before the apparatus is allowed to
cool.
Suggest why this done.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) The material labelled X can be broken crockery, broken brick or pumice.
Give the chemical formula of a compound that is present in one of these
materials.
..............................
(iv) State another reagent that could be used to produce propene from an
alcohol.
.......................................................
[5]
(c) Give the structural formula of the organic product formed when propene
reacts separately with each of the following substances.
(i) bromine
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) cold, dilute manganate(VII) ions
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................

250 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(iii) hot, concentrated manganate(VII) ions

............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
(d) Propene may be polymerised.
(i) What is the essential condition for such a polymerisation?
.......................................................
(ii) The disposal of waste poly(propene) is very difficult.
Give one important reason for this.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
38) Nov 2010 [21] Q (3_a, b, c)
3 Crude oil is a naturally occurring flammable liquid which consists of a
complex mixture of hydrocarbons. In order to separate the hydrocarbons the
crude oil is subjected to fractional distillation.
(a) Explain what is meant by the following terms.
(i) hydrocarbon ...................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) fractional distillation ......................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Undecane, C11H24, is a long chain hydrocarbon which is present in crude oil.
Such long chain hydrocarbons are ‘cracked’ to produce alkanes and alkenes
which have smaller molecules.
(i) Give the conditions for two different processes by which long chain
molecules may be cracked.
process 1 ...........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
process 2 ...........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Undecane, C11H24, can be cracked to form pentane, C5H12, and an alkene.
Construct a balanced equation for this reaction.
....................................................................................................................... [3]

251 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

Pentane, C5H12, exhibits structural isomerism.

(ii) The three isomers of pentane have different boiling points.

Which of your isomers has the highest boiling point?
isomer .........
Suggest an explanation for your answer.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [6]
39) Nov 2010 [21] Q (4)
4 Halogenoalkanes have many chemical uses, particularly as intermediates in
organic reactions.
Three reactions of 1-bromobutane, CH3CH2CH2CH2Br, are shown below.

(a) For each reaction, state the reagent and solvent used.
reaction 1 reagent ............................................................
solvent ...... .......................................................
reaction 2 reagent ............................................................
solvent ...... .......................................................
reaction 3 reagent ............................................................
solvent ...... ....................................................... [6]

252 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(b) When 1-iodobutane, CH3CH2CH2CH2I, is reacted under the same

conditions as those used in reaction 1, butan-1-ol is formed.
What difference, if any, would there be in the rate of this reaction compared to
the reaction of 1-bromobutane?
Use appropriate data from the Data Booklet to explain your answer.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]
Dichlorodifluoromethane, CCl2F2, is an example of a chlorofluorocarbon
(CFC) that was formerly used as an aerosol propellant. In September 2007, at
the Montreal summit, approximately 200 countries agreed to phase out the
use of CFCs by 2020.
(c) State two properties of CFCs that made them suitable as aerosol
propellants.
1. ....... ................................................................................
2. ....... ................................................................................ [2]
(d) When CFCs are present in the upper atmosphere, homolytic fission takes
place in the presence of ultraviolet light.
(i) What is meant by the term homolytic fission?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Suggest an equation for the homolytic fission of CCl2F2.
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(e) The most common replacements for CFCs as aerosol propellants are
hydrocarbons such as propane and butane.
Suggest one disadvantage of these compounds as aerosol propellants.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
40) Nov 2010 [23] Q (3_b, c, d)
Two derivatives of ethene which have been detected in dust clouds in Space
are acrylonitrile (2-propenenitrile), CH2=CHCN, and vinyl alcohol (ethenol),
CH2=CHOH.
(b) Like ethene, acrylonitrile can be polymerised. The resulting polymer can
be used to make carbon fibres.
(i) Draw the structural formula of the polymer made from acrylonitrile, showing
two repeat units.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
253 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)
Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) What type of polymerisation is this reaction?

....................................................................................................................... [2]
Vinyl alcohol cannot be polymerised in the same way as acrylonitrile because
it will readily isomerise into another common organic compound, Z.
(c) (i) Suggest the structural formula of the organic compound Z.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Suggest the structural formula of another isomer of vinyl alcohol which has
a cyclic (ring) structure.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
Acrolein (2-propenal), CH2=CHCHO, has also been found in Space.
(d) Give the structural formulae of the organic compounds formed when
acrolein is reacted separately with each of the following reagents.

[4]

254 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

41) Nov 2010 [23] Q (4)

4 Although few halogenoalkanes exist naturally, such compounds are
important as intermediates in organic reactions and as solvents.
The bromoalkane B has the following composition by mass: C, 29.3%; H,
5.7%; Br, 65.0%. The relative molecular mass of B is 123.
(a) Calculate the molecular formula of B.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
Halogenoalkanes such as bromoethane, C2H5Br, have two different reactions
with sodium hydroxide, NaOH, depending on the conditions used.
(b) (i) When hot aqueous NaOH is used, the C2H5Br is hydrolysed to ethanol,
C2H5OH.
Describe the mechanism of this reaction. In your answer, show any relevant
charges, dipoles, lone pairs of electrons and movement of electron pairs by
curly arrows.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) What will be formed when C2H5Br is reacted with NaOH under different
conditions?
............................................................................................................................
(iii) What are the conditions used?
............................................................................................................................
(iv) What type of reaction is this?
....................................................................................................................... [7]
When 1,4-dichlorobutane, ClCH2CH2CH2CH2Cl, is reacted with NaOH, two
different reactions can occur, depending on the conditions used.
(c) (i) Draw the displayed formula of the product formed when
1,4-dichlorobutane is reacted with hot aqueous NaOH as in (b)(i).
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................

255 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) Draw the skeletal formula of the product formed when 1,4-dichlorobutane
is reacted with NaOH in the way you have described in (b)(ii) and (b)(iii).
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
42) June 2011 [21] Q (1_a)
1 Some intercontinental jet airliners use kerosene as fuel. The formula of
kerosene may be taken as C14H30.
(a) To which homologous series of compounds does kerosene belong?
.......................................................... [1]
43) June 2011 [21] Q (2_a)
2 Crude oil contains a mixture of hydrocarbons together with other organic
compounds which may contain nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur in their molecules.
At an oil refinery, after the fractional distillation of crude oil, a number of other
processes may be used including ‘cracking’, ‘isomerisation’, and ‘reforming’.
(a) (i) What is meant by the term ‘cracking ’ and why is it carried out?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Outline briefly how the cracking of hydrocarbons would be carried out.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) Construct a balanced equation for the formation of heptane, C7H16, by
cracking tetradecane, C14H30.
............................................................................................................................
[4]
44) June 2011 [21] Q (4)
4 Ketones are widely used as solvents and as intermediates in the chemical
industry. Ketones contain the reactive keto group C  O .
(a) Propanone, CH3COCH3, undergoes a reaction with hydrogen cyanide, HCN.
(i) What type of reaction is this?
............................................................................................................................
(ii) What reagents are used?
............................................................................................................................

256 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(iii) Draw a diagram to show the dipole present in the propanone molecule.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
(b) Propanone reacts with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine reagent.

(i) Construct a balanced equation for the reaction between propanone and
2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) A similar type of reaction occurs between propanone and hydroxylamine,
NH2OH.
Draw the displayed formula of the organic product of this reaction.

[3]
45) June 2011 [21] Q (5_a, b, c)
5 The gas ethyne, C2H2, more commonly known as acetylene, is
manufactured for use in the synthesis of organic compounds. It is also used,
in combination with oxygen, in ‘oxy-acetylene’ torches for the cutting and
welding of metals.
Industrially, ethyne is made from calcium carbide, CaC2, or by cracking liquid
hydrocarbons.
(a) When calcium carbide is reacted with water, ethyne and calcium hydroxide
are formed.
Construct a balanced equation for this reaction.
....................................................................................................................... [1]

257 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

Ethyne can also be obtained from ethene by using the following sequence of
reactions.

(b) (i) What types of reaction are step 1 and step 2?

step 1 ............................................................
step 2 ............................................................
(ii) Suggest what reagent and conditions would be used in a laboratory in step 2.
reagent ..........................................................
conditions ...................................................... [5]
When ethyne is passed into water at 60 °C, in the presence of a little H2SO4
and Hg2+ ions, a pungent, colourless organic liquid, Q, with Mr of 44 is
obtained. This is step 3.
When Q is warmed with Tollens’ reagent in a test-tube, a silver mirror is
formed.
On acidification, the solution remaining in the test-tube is found to contain the
organic compound R which has Mr of 60. This is step 4.
(c) (i) Give the structural formulae of Q and R.

(ii) What type of reaction is step 3 and step 4?

step 3 ............................................................
step 4 ............................................................ [4]
46) June 2011 [22] Q (1_b, iii, d, e)
1 Ethanoic acid can be reacted with alcohols to form esters, an equilibrium
mixture being formed.

The reaction is usually carried out in the presence of an acid catalyst.

(iii) Write a balanced equation for the reaction between ethanoic acid and
NaOH.
(d) Esters are hydrolysed by sodium hydroxide. During the titration, sodium
hydroxide reacts with ethanoic acid and the hydrogen chloride, but not with
the ester.

258 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

Suggest a reason for this.

Many animal fats contain esters of stearic acid, CH3(CH2)16CO2H.

Vegetable oils often contain esters of oleic acid, CH3(CH2)7CH CH(CH2)7CO2H.
(a) Draw the structural formula of the glyceryl ester formed when one
molecule of glycerol is completely esterified with stearic acid.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[1]
(b) What reagent(s) would you use, in a school or college laboratory, to obtain
a small sample of oleic acid, C17H33CO2H, from the glyceryl ester present in a
vegetable oil?
.................................................................................... [1]
Oleic acid is the cis isomer and elaidic acid the trans isomer of
CH3(CH2)7CH CH(CH2)7CO2H.
(c) By using this formula, draw the structural formula of elaidic acid, clearly
showing the stereochemistry.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[1]

259 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

Oleic and elaidic acids are examples of mono-unsaturated acids.

Many vegetable oils contain esters of polyunsaturated fatty acids. Such oils
are often hydrogenated to form esters containing saturated or mono-
unsaturated fatty acids.
(d) (i) Suggest the meaning of the term polyunsaturated fatty acid.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) What reagent and condition(s) are used for the hydrogenation of an
unsaturated fatty acid?
reagent ...............................................
condition(s) ......................................... [3]
In cooking, unsaturated fats are often oxidised to give aldehydes or ketones.
(e) (i) Give the structural formulae of the two aldehydes formed by the partial
oxidation of the unsaturated fat below.
In the structure, X, represents the rest of the fat molecule.

............................................................................................................................
(ii) Name the reagent you would use to show that the product contained
either an aldehyde or a ketone. What change would be seen?
reagent ....................................................................
observation ..............................................................
(iii) What reagent would you use to confirm the presence of an aldehyde?
What change would be seen?
reagent ....................................................................
observation ..............................................................
[6]
Animal fats and vegetable oils can become rancid because of oxidation. The
rancid fat or oil has an unpleasant smell and taste.
Antioxidants are used to prevent the spoilage of many foodstuffs by oxidation.
One antioxidant that is widely used is vitamin C, ascorbic acid.

260 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(f) (i) How many chiral carbon atoms are present in one molecule of ascorbic
acid?
If none, write ‘none’.
...............
(ii) The ascorbic acid molecule contains three functional groups.
Two of these are alcohol (primary and secondary) and alkene.
What is the name of the third functional group?
......................................................................... [2]
48) Nov 2011 [21] Q (1)
1 Compound A is an organic compound which contains carbon, hydrogen and
oxygen.
When 0.240 g of the vapour of A is slowly passed over a large quantity of
heated copper(II) oxide, CuO, the organic compound A is completely oxidised
to carbon dioxide and water.
Copper is the only other product of the reaction.
The products are collected and it is found that 0.352 g of CO2 and 0.144 g of
H2O are formed.
(a) In this section, give your answers to three decimal places.
(i) Calculate the mass of carbon present in 0.352 g of CO2.

Use this value to calculate the amount, in moles, of carbon atoms present in
0.240 g of A.

261 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) Calculate the mass of hydrogen present in 0.144 g of H2O.

Use this value to calculate the amount, in moles, of hydrogen atoms present
in 0.240 g of A.

(iii) Use your answers to calculate the mass of oxygen present in 0.240 g of
A.

Use this value to calculate the amount, in moles, of oxygen atoms present in
0.240 g of A.

[6]
(b) Use your answers to (a) to calculate the empirical formula of A.

[1]
(c) When a 0.148 g sample of A was vapourised at 60 °C, the vapour
occupied a volume of 67.7 cm3 at a pressure of 101 kPa.
(i) Use the general gas equation pV = nRT to calculate Mr of A.

Mr =......................

262 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) Hence calculate the molecular formula of A.

[3]
(d) Compound A is a liquid which does not react with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine
reagent or with aqueous bromine.
Suggest two structural formulae for A.

[2]
(e) Compound A contains only carbon, hydrogen and oxygen.
Explain how the information on the opposite page about the reaction of A with
CuO confirms this statement.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
49) Nov 2011 [21] Q (4)
4 But-1-ene, CH3CH2CH=CH2, is an important compound in the petrochemical
industry.
(a) Some reactions of but-1-ene are given below.
In each empty box, draw the structural formula of the organic compound
formed.

263 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

[5]
(b) Compound T reacts with compound U.
Draw the displayed formula of the organic product of this reaction.

[2]

264 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

50) Nov 2011 [21] Q (5)

5 Astronomers using modern telescopes of various types have found many
molecules in the dust clouds in space. Many of these molecules are those of
organic compounds and astronomers constantly look for evidence that amino
acids such as aminoethanoic acid, H2NCH2CO2H, are present.
One molecule that has been found in the dust clouds is hydroxyethanal,
HOCH2CHO.
(a) Hydroxyethanal contains two functional groups.
(i) Name, as fully as you can, each of the functional groups present in
hydroxyethanal.
1 .................................................................................
2 .................................................................................
(ii) For each functional group, identify a reagent that will react with this group
and not react with the other functional group present.
In each case, describe what would be observed when this reaction is carried
out.
functional group 1 reagent .......................................................
observation..................................................
functional group 2 reagent .......................................................
observation................................................... [7]
(b) Give the skeletal formulae of the organic compounds formed when
hydroxyethanal is reacted separately with the following.
(i) NaBH4

2− +
(ii) Cr2O 7 / H under reflux conditions

[2]

265 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

In a school or college laboratory, it is possible to convert a sample of

hydroxyethanal into aminoethanoic acid in a three-step process.

By considering the possible reactions of the functional groups present in

hydroxyethanal, you are to deduce a possible route for this conversion.
(c) (i) In the boxes below, draw the structural formulae of your suggested
intermediates X and Y.

(ii) State the reagents for each of the three steps you have chosen.
step 1......................................................
step 2......................................................
step 3......................................................
[5]
51) Nov 2011 [23] Q (2)
2 When 0.42 g of a gaseous hydrocarbon A is slowly passed over a large
quantity of heated copper(II) oxide, CuO, A is completely oxidised.
The products are collected and it is found that 1.32 g of CO2 and 0.54 g of
H2O are formed.
Copper is the only other product of the reaction.
(a) (i) Calculate the mass of carbon present in 1.32 g of CO2.

Use this value to calculate the amount, in moles, of carbon atoms present in
0.42 g of A.

266 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) Calculate the mass of hydrogen present in 0.54 g of H2O.

Use this value to calculate the amount, in moles, of hydrogen atoms present
in 0.42 g of A.

(iii) It is thought that A is an alkene rather than an alkane.

Use your answers to (i) and (ii) to deduce whether this is correct.
Explain your answer.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [5]
(b) Analysis of another organic compound, B, gave the following composition
by mass: C, 64.86%; H, 13.50%, O, 21.64%.
(i) Use these values to calculate the empirical formula of B.

(ii) The empirical and molecular formulae of B are the same.

B is found to be chiral.
Draw displayed formulae of the two optical isomers of this compound,
indicating with an asterisk (*) the chiral carbon atom.

267 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(iii) There are three other structural isomers of B which are not chiral but
which contain the same functional group as B.
In the boxes below, draw the structural formulae of these isomers.

[7]
52) Nov 2011 [23] Q (4)
4 The structural formulae of six different compounds, P – U, are given below.

(a) (i) What is the empirical formula of compound T?

............................................................................................................................
(ii) Draw the skeletal formula of compound S.

[2]
(b) (i) Compounds S and U are isomers.
What type of isomerism do they show?
............................................................................................................................
(ii) Two of the six formulae P – U can each be drawn in two forms which are
known as stereoisomers.
Which two compounds have formulae that can be drawn in two forms?
What type of stereoisomerism does each show?

268 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

Identify each compound by its letter.

[3]
(c) Compound S can be converted into compound R.
(i) What type of reaction is this?
............................................. ...................................................................
(ii) What reagent would you use for this reaction?
............................................................
(iii) Write the structural formula of the compound formed when T undergoes
the same reaction using an excess of the reagent you have used in (c)(ii).
............................. ......................................................................................... [3]
(d) Compound P may be converted into compound Q in a two-step reaction.

(i) What is the structural formula of the intermediate compound formed in this
sequence?
(ii) Outline how step 1 may be carried out to give this intermediate compound.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) What reagent would be used for step 2?
......................................... ....................................................... [4]
53) Nov 2011 [23] Q (5)
5 Each of the three organic compounds, V, W, and X, has the empirical
formula CH2O.
The number of carbon atoms in each of their molecules is shown in the table.

269 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

V gives a brick red precipitate when warmed with Fehling’s reagent; W and X
do not.
W is a fruity smelling liquid.
In X, the carbon atoms are bonded directly to one another.
X gives an effervescence when shaken with Na2CO3(aq); V and W do not.
(a) Give the structural formula of V.

[1]
(b) (i) What functional group is present in W?
.....................
(ii) Give the structural formula of W.

[2]
(c) When X is heated under reflux with acidified K2Cr2O7, the product, Y, gives
no reaction with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine reagent.
(i) Give the structural formula of X.

(ii) Give the structural formula of Y, the compound formed from X.

[2]

270 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(d) When X is warmed with a little concentrated sulfuric acid, a small amount
of a cyclic compound, Z, is formed.
Z has the molecular formula C6H8O4.
(i) Suggest a displayed formula for Z.

(ii) What type of reaction occurs when Z is formed from X?

......................................... .. [2]
54) June 2012 [21] Q (4)
4 One method of preparing ethene in a school or college laboratory is from
ethanol by using the apparatus shown below.

(a) (i) Write a balanced equation for this reaction.

............................................................................................................................
(ii) What type of reaction is this?
............................................................................................................................
(iii) Give the chemical name of a reagent other than pumice that could be
used to carry out this reaction. It is not necessary to use the same apparatus.
...................................
[3]
(b) Ethene is bubbled into two separate test-tubes, one containing aqueous
hydrogen bromide and the other containing cold, dilute acidified potassium
manganate(VII).
In each case, describe any colour changes you would see and give the
structural formula of the organic product.

271 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

[4]
(c) Cyclohexene has the following structural formula.

(i) What is the molecular formula of cyclohexene?

...................................
(ii) Draw the structural formula of the compound formed when cyclohexene is
reacted with bromine.

(iii) State as fully as you can what type of reaction this is.
............................................................................................................................
(iv) Draw the structural formula of the compound formed when cyclohexene is
reacted with hot concentrated acidifi ed potassium manganate(VII).

[5]

272 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

55) June 2012 [21] Q (5)

5 Organic compounds which contain oxygen may contain alcohol, aldehyde,
carboxylic acid, ester or ketone functional groups. The functional groups may
be identified by their reactions with specific reagents.
Compound X has the empirical formula CH2O and Mr of 90.
(a) There is no reaction when X is treated with NaHCO3.
What functional group does this test show to be not present in X?
................................... [1]
3
(b) When 0.600 g of X is reacted with an excess of Na, 160 cm of H2,
measured at room temperature and pressure, is produced.
(i) What functional group does this reaction show to be present in X?
...................................
(ii) Use the data to calculate the amount, in moles, of hydrogen atoms
produced from 0.600 g of X.

(iii) Hence, show that each molecule of X contains two of the functional
groups you have given in (i).

[4]
(c) When X is warmed with Fehling’s reagent, a brick red precipitate is
formed.
Treatment of X with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine reagent produces an orange
solid.
(i) What functional group do these reactions show to be present in X?
Draw the displayed formula of this functional group.

273 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) Use your answers to (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (c)(i) to deduce the structural
formula of X.

(iii) What is the structural formula of the organic product of the reaction of X
with Fehling’s reagent?

[3]
(d) Compound X can be both oxidised and reduced.
(i) Give the structural formula of the compound formed when X is reacted with
NaBH4 under suitable conditions.

(ii) Give the structural formula of the compound formed when X is heated
under reflux with acidified K2Cr2O7.

[2]
56) June 2012 [22] Q (3)
3 Food additives are substances added to food to preserve the flavour or to
improve its taste and appearance.
European Union legislation requires most additives used in foods to be
labelled clearly in the list of ingredients, either by name or by an ‘E number’.
E296 is malic acid which occurs in unripe fruit.
Malic acid has the structural formula HO2CCH2CH(OH)CO2H.
(a) Some reactions of malic acid are shown below.
In the boxes below, give the structural formulae of organic compounds A to
F.

274 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

[6]
(b) What type of reaction is each of the following conversions?
malic acid into C ....................................................
C into D ..................................................................
C into E .................................................................. [3]
(c) Suggest one major commercial use of compounds such as A or B.
....................................................................................................................... [1]

275 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(d) (i) Malic acid is chiral.

Draw fully displayed formulae of the two optical isomers of malic acid.
Indicate with an asterisk (*) the chiral carbon atom.

(ii) Compound C also shows stereoisomerism.

Draw the skeletal formulae of each of the stereoisomers of C. Label each
isomer.

[6]
(e) The food additive E330 is another organic compound which occurs
naturally in fruit.
E330 has the following composition by mass: C, 37.5 %; H, 4.17 %; O, 58.3 %.
Calculate the empirical formula of E330.

[3]
57) June 2012 [22] Q (4)
4 Oxygen-containing organic compounds may contain a number of different
functional groups including alcohol, aldehyde, carboxylic acid, ester or ketone
functional groups. These functional groups may be identified by their reactions
with specific reagents.
(a) On treating compounds containing each of these functional groups with
the reagents below, only five reactions occur. Complete the table by placing a
tick () in each box where you believe a reaction will occur. You should place
no more than five ticks in the table.

276 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

[5]
Compound G has the empirical formula CH2O and Mr of 90.
An aqueous solution of G is neutral. There is no reaction when G is treated
with NaHCO3.
When 0.30 g of pure G is reacted with an excess of Na, 80 cm3 of H2,
measured at room temperature and pressure, is produced.
(b) (i) What functional group do these two reactions show to be present in G?
....................................
(ii) Use the data to calculate the amount, in moles, of hydrogen atoms
produced from 0.30 g of G.

(iii) Hence, show that each molecule of G contains two of the functional
groups you have given in (i).

[4]
(c) Treatment of G with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine reagent produces an
orange solid.
When G is warmed with Fehling’s reagent, no reaction occurs.
(i) What functional group do these reactions show to be present in G?
Draw the displayed formula of this functional group.

277 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) Use your answers to (b)(i) and (c)(i) to deduce the structural formula of G.

[2]
(d) Compound G can be both oxidised and reduced.
(i) When G is heated under refl ux with acidifi ed K2Cr2O7, compound H is
formed.
Give the structural formula of compound H.

(ii) When G is reacted with NaBH4 under suitable conditions, compound J is

formed.
Give the structural formula of compound J.

[2]
58) June 2012 [23] Q (4)
4 But-2-ene, CH3CH=CHCH3, is an important compound which is obtained
from the cracking of hydrocarbons present in crude oil.
(a) Give two different conditions under which long chain hydrocarbons may
be cracked.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Dodecane, C12H26, is a long chain hydrocarbon which is present in crude
oil and which can be cracked to form but-2-ene and an alkane.
Write a balanced equation for this reaction.
....................................................................................................................... [1]

278 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(c) Some reactions of but-2-ene are shown below.

In the boxes below, give the structural formulae of the organic compounds A
to D.

[4]
(d) (i) Draw the skeletal formula of compound D.

(ii) By using the letters A to D as appropriate, identify those compounds which

are chiral. If there are none, write ‘none’.
....................................................................
[3]

279 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(e) But-2-ene can be polymerised to give poly(butene).

Draw the structural formula of a portion of the polymer chain in poly(butene)
showing two repeat units.

[1]
(f) Compound C is a liquid which can be reacted with concentrated sulfuric
acid to give a gas, E, which will decolourise aqueous bromine when passed
through it.
(i) Suggest the structural formula of E.

(ii) Suggest the structural formula of the product of the reaction between E
and an excess of bromine.

(iii) What type of reaction occurs between E and an excess of bromine?

...........................................
[3]

280 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

59) June 2012 [23] Q (5)

5 Many naturally occurring organic compounds contain oxygen. Such
compounds may contain alcohol, aldehyde, carboxylic acid, ester or ketone
functional groups. These functional groups may be identified by their reactions
with specific reagents.
Compound F is a white solid which has the molecular formula C3H6O3.
Compound F is soluble in water. Addition of NaHCO3 to this solution produces
a colourless gas, G, which turns lime water milky.
(a) (i) What is the identity of the gas G?
...................................................
(ii) What functional group does this test show to be present in F?
...................................................
[2]
(b) When F is heated with concentrated sulfuric acid, a colourless liquid H is
produced.
When cold dilute acidified KMnO4 is shaken with H, the solution becomes
colourless.
(i) What type of reaction occurs when H is formed from F?
...................................................
(ii) Use your answers to (a)(ii) and (b)(i) to deduce the structural formula of
the colourless liquid H.

[4]
(c) Compound F will react with sodium.
Calculate the volume of H2, measured at room temperature and pressure,
which will be produced when 0.600 g of F is reacted with an excess of Na.

[4]

281 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(d) There are two structural isomers of F that give the reactions described in
(a) and (b).
(i) Suggest two structural formulae for these isomers.

(ii) Isomers J and K can both be oxidised.

What will be produced when each of the isomers J and K is heated under
reflux with acidified K2Cr2O7?

[2]
60) Nov 2012 [21] Q (4)
4 Many organic compounds, including alcohols, carbonyl compounds,
carboxylic acids and esters, contain oxygen.
(a) The table below lists some oxygen-containing organic compounds and
some common laboratory reagents.
(i) Complete the table as fully as you can.
If you think no reaction occurs, write ‘no reaction’ in the box for the structural
formula(e).

282 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) During some of the reactions in (i) a colour change occurs.

Complete the table below for any such reactions, stating the letter of the
reaction and what the colour change is.

[10]

283 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(b) Some oxygen-containing compounds react with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine

(i) Draw the structural formula of the organic compound formed when
HOCH2CH2CHO reacts with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine reagent.

(ii) Suggest the colour of the organic product.

......................................................
[2]
61) Nov 2012 [21] Q (5)
5 Compound X has the molecular formula C4H8O2.
(a) (i) Treatment of X with sodium metal produces a colourless flammable
gas.
What does this result tell you about the functional groups that could be
present in X?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(ii) There is no reaction when X is treated with sodium hydrogencarbonate,
NaHCO3.
What does this result tell you about the functional groups that could be
present in X?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
(iii) When X is shaken with aqueous bromine the orange colour disappears.
What does this result tell you about the functional groups that could be
present in X?
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[3]
284 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)
Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(b) The molecule of X has the following features.

● The carbon chain is unbranched and the molecule is not cyclic.
● No oxygen atom is attached to any carbon atom which is involved in π
bonding.
● No carbon atom has more than one oxygen atom joined to it.
There are five possible isomers of X which fit these data. Four of these
isomers exist as two pairs of stereoisomers.
(i) Draw displayed formulae of each of these two pairs.

(ii) These four isomers of X show two types of stereoisomerism.

State which type of isomerism each pair shows.
pair 1 .......................................................................
pair 2 .......................................................................
[6]
62) Nov 2012 [23] Q (4)
4 Many organic compounds, including alcohols, carbonyl compounds,
carboxylic acids and esters, contain oxygen.
(a) The table below lists some oxygen-containing organic compounds and
some common laboratory reagents.
(i) Complete the table as fully as you can.
If you think no reaction occurs, write ‘no reaction’ in the box for the structural
formula(e).

285 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) During some of the reactions in (i) a colour change occurs.

Complete the table below for any such reactions, stating the letter of the
reaction and what the colour change is.

[12]

286 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

63) Nov 2012 [23] Q (5)

5 The molecular formula C4H8O can represent a number of compounds which
have different functional groups and which show different types of isomerism.
Compounds H, J and K each have the molecular formula C4H8O.
In each of the molecules of H, J and K,
● the carbon chain is unbranched and the molecule is not cyclic,
● no oxygen atom is attached to any carbon atom which is involved in π
bonding.
When compound H is reacted with sodium metal, a colourless flammable gas
is produced.
Both J and K give an orange-red precipitate when reacted with 2,4-
dinitrophenylhydrazine reagent but only K reacts with Fehling’s solution.
(a) (i) Suggest possible structural formulae for H, J and K.
Three structural formulae are possible for H but only one for J and one for K.

287 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

In addition to being structural isomers of each other, some of the possible

structures for H, J or K show cis-trans isomerism or are chiral.
(ii) Draw the displayed formulae of those isomers which show cis-trans
isomerism.

(iii) Draw the displayed formulae of those isomers which are chiral, indicating
in each case the chiral carbon atom with an asterisk (*).

[8]

288 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

64) June 2013 [21] Q (4)

4 Organic chemistry is the chemistry of carbon compounds. The types of
organic reactions that you have studied are listed below.

addition elimination hydrolysis

oxidation reduction substitution

Addition and substitution reactions are further described as follows.

electrophilic nucleophilic free radical

Complete the table below.

Fill in the central column by using only the types of reaction given in the lists
above.
Use both lists when appropriate.
In the right hand column give the formula(e) of the reagent(s) you would use
to carry out the reaction given.

[11]

289 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

65) June 2013 [21] Q (5)

5 Crotonaldehyde, CH3CH=CHCHO, occurs in soybean oils.
(a) In the boxes below, write the structural formula of the organic compound
formed when crotonaldehyde is reacted separately with each reagent under
suitable conditions.
If you think no reaction occurs, write 'NO REACTION' in the box.

reaction reagent product

A Br2 in an inert organic

solvent

B PCl3

C H2 and Ni catalyst

D NaBH4

E K 2Cr2O7/H+

[5]
(b) Crotonaldehyde exists in more than one stereoisomeric form.
Draw the displayed formulae of the stereoisomers of crotonaldehyde.
Label each isomer.

[3]

(c) Draw the skeletal formula of crotonaldehyde.

[1]

290 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(d) The product of reaction E in the table opposite will react with a solution
containing acidifi ed manganate(VII) ions.
Draw the structural formulae of the organic products when the reagent is
(i) cold, dilute;

(ii) hot, concentrated.

[3]
66) June 2013 [22] Q (1_c)
(c) Chloropropanols such as 1,3-dichloropropan-2-ol (1,3-DCP) are present in
some foods.
Cl CH2CH(OH)CH2Cl
1,3-DCP
(i) What will be produced when 1,3-DCP is reacted separately with the
following reagents under suitable conditions?
In each case give the structural formula.
concentrated sulfuric acid

an excess of ammonia

(ii) Describe as fully as you can what type of reaction occurs with ammonia.
............................................................................................................................
[4]

291 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

67) June 2013 [22] Q (4)

4 Crotyl alcohol, CH3CH=CHCH2OH, is a colourless liquid which is used as a
solvent.
(a) In the boxes below, write the structural formula of the organic compound
formed when crotyl alcohol is reacted separately with each reagent under
suitable conditions.
If you think no reaction occurs, write 'NO REACTION' in the box.

[5]
(b) Draw the displayed formula of the organic compound formed when crotyl
alcohol is reacted with cold, dilute acidifi ed potassium manganate(VII).

[1]
(c) Draw the skeletal formula of the compound formed in reaction E.

[2]

292 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(d) Crotyl alcohol is obtained from crotonaldehyde, CH3CH=CHCHO.

(i) Describe one test that would confirm the presence of a small amount of
unreacted crotonaldehyde in the crotyl alcohol.
Give the name of the reagent used and state what you would see.
reagent ...............................................................................................................
observation ........................................................................................................
(ii) What type of reaction is the conversion of crotonaldehyde into crotyl
alcohol?
............................................................................................................................
[3]
68) June 2013 [22] Q (5)
5 A student reacted together an alcohol and a carboxylic acid under
appropriate conditions to produce an ester.
A sweet smelling organic liquid, Q, with the empirical formula C2H4O was
produced.
The Mr of Q was found by experiment to be 87.5.
(a) What is the molecular formula of Q?
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) In the boxes below, draw the structural formulae of four isomers with this
formula that are esters.

[4]

293 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

A sample of Q was hydrolysed by heating with aqueous sulfuric acid.

The resulting mixture was heated under reflux with acidified potassium
dichromate(VI) to give a single organic product, R.
The product, R, was collected and subjected to the following tests.
A sample of R gave no reaction with Tollens’ reagent.
A second sample of R gave no reaction with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine
reagent.
A third sample of R gave an effervescence with sodium carbonate.
(c) (i) What does the result of the test with Tollens’ reagent show about R?
............................................................................................................................
(ii) What does the result of the test with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine reagent
show about
R?
............................................................................................................................
(iii) What functional group does the result of the test with sodium carbonate
show to be present in R?
............................................................................................................................
[3]
(d) (i) What is the identity of the single organic compound, R?
............................................
(ii) Which of your structures, W, X, Y or Z, represents the ester, Q?
..................
[2]
(e) Which, if any, of your esters, W, X, Y or Z, is chiral?
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
69) June 2013 [23] Q (4)
4 Compound Q, heptan-2-one, is found in some blue cheeses.
CH3(CH2)4COCH3
compound Q
(a) Compound Q may be reduced to R.
Compound R may be dehydrated to give two different products, S and T.
(i) In the boxes below, draw the structural formulae of R, S, and T.

294 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) State the reagents that would be used for each of these reactions in a
school or college laboratory.
reduction ............................................................................................................
dehydration ........................................................................................................
[5]
(b) In the boxes below, write the structural formula of the organic compound
formed when
Q is reacted separately with each reagent under suitable conditions.
If you think no reaction occurs, write 'NO REACTION' in the box.

[3]

295 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(c) The first stage of cheese making is to produce 2-hydroxypropanoic acid

(lactic acid) from milk.
CH3CH(OH)CO2H
lactic acid
Other than the use of a pH indicator, what reagent could you use to confirm
the presence of some lactic acid in a sample of heptan-2-one?
State what observation you would make.
reagent ...............................................................................................................
observation ................................................................................................... [2]
70) June 2013 [23] Q (5)
5 Compounds containing the allyl group, CH2=CHCH2–, have pungent smells
and are found in onions and garlic.
Allyl alcohol, CH2=CHCH2OH, is a colourless liquid which is soluble in water.
(a) Allyl alcohol behaves as a primary alcohol and as an alkene.
Give the structural formula of the organic compound formed when allyl alcohol
is reacted separately with each of the following reagents.
(i) acidified potassium dichromate(VI), heating under reflux

(ii) bromine in an inert organic solvent

(iii) cold, dilute, acidified potassium manganate(VII)

(iv) hot, concentrated, acidified potassium manganate(VII)

[5]

296 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(b) Allyl alcohol undergoes the following reactions.

(i) When reacted with concentrated HCl at 100 °C, CH2=CHCH2Cl is formed.
State as fully as you can what type of reaction this is.
............................................................................................................................
(ii) When reacted with MnO2 at room temperature, CH2=CHCHO is formed.
What type of reaction is this?
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Allyl alcohol can be converted into propanal in two steps.

(i) What reagents and conditions would be used for each step?
step I
reagent(s) ...........................................................................................................
condition(s) ........................................................................................................
step II
reagent(s) ...........................................................................................................
condition(s) ........................................................................................................
(ii) Allyl alcohol and propanal are isomers.
What form of isomerism do they display?
............................................................................................................................
[5]
(d) Allyl alcohol may also be converted into propanal by using a ruthenium(IV)
catalyst in water.

Suggest what is unusual about this single step reaction.

297 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

71) Nov 2013 [21] Q (2)

2 The molecular formula C3H6 represents the compounds propene and
cyclopropane.

(a) What is the H–C–H bond angle at the terminal =CH2 group in propene?
................ [1]
(b) Under suitable conditions, propene and cyclopropane each react with
chlorine.
(i) With propene, 1,2-dichloropropane, CH3CHCl CH2Cl is formed.
State fully what type of reaction this is.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) When cyclopropane reacts with chlorine, three different compounds with
the molecular formula C3H4Cl 2 can be formed.
Draw displayed structures of each of these three compounds.

[3]
72) Nov 2013 [21] Q (4)
4 Compound R is a weak diprotic (dibasic) acid which is very soluble in water.
(a) A solution of R was prepared which contained 1.25 g of R in 250 cm3 of
solution.
When 25.0 cm3 of this solution was titrated with 0.100 mol dm–3 NaOH, 21.6
cm3 of the alkali were needed for complete reaction.
(i) Using the formula H2X to represent R, construct a balanced equation for
the reaction between H2X and NaOH.
............................................................................................................................

298 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) Use the data above to calculate the amount, in moles, of OH– ions used in
the titration.

(iii) Use your answers to (i) and (ii) to calculate the amount, in moles, of R
present in 25.0 cm3 of solution.

(iv) Calculate the amount, in moles, of R present in 250 cm3 of solution.

(v) Calculate Mr of R.

[5]
(b) Three possible structures for R are shown below.

(i) Calculate the Mr of each of these acids.

Mr of S = ....................... Mr of T = ....................... Mr of U = .......................

(ii) Deduce which of the structures, S, T or U, correctly represents the
structure of the acid, R.
R is represented by ...........
[2]

299 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

It is possible to convert S, T, or U into one another.

(c) State the reagent(s) and essential conditions that would be used for the
following conversions.
S into T
............................................................................................................................
S into U
............................................................................................................................
T into S
....................................................................................................................... [5]
(d) Give the structural formula of the organic product formed in each of the
following reactions.
T reacting with an excess of Na

U reacting with an excess of Na2CO3

[2]
(e) The acid S shows stereoisomerism. Draw structures to show this
isomerism.
Label each isomer.

[2]
(f) When one of the isomers of S is heated at 110 °C in the absence of air, a
cyclic compound V, with molecular formula C4H2O3, is formed.
The other isomer of S does not react at this temperature.

300 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

Suggest the displayed formula of V.

[2]
73) Nov 2013 [21] Q (5_a, b, e)
5 Propane, C3H8, and butane, C4H10, are components of Liquefied Petroleum
Gas (LPG) which is widely used as a fuel for domestic cooking and heating.
(a) (i) To which class of compounds do these two hydrocarbons belong?
......................................................
(ii) Write a balanced equation for the complete combustion of butane.
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) When propane or butane is used in cooking, the saucepan may become
covered by a solid black deposit.
(i) What is the chemical name for this black solid?
......................................................
(ii) Write a balanced equation for its formation from butane.
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(e) The boiling points of methane, ethane, propane, and butane are given
below.

(i) Suggest an explanation for the increase in boiling points from methane to
butane.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................

301 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) The isomer of butane, 2-methylpropane, (CH3)3CH, has a boiling point of

261 K.
Suggest an explanation for the difference between this value and that for
butane in the table above.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[4]
74) Nov 2013 [23] Q (2_a, b)
2 Petrol and diesel fuel are both used in internal combustion engines.
Petrol may be regarded as having the formula C9H20 and diesel fuel as having
the formula C14H30.
(a) (i) To which class of compounds do these two hydrocarbons belong?
......................................................
(ii) Write a balanced equation for the complete combustion of petrol.
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) When petrol or diesel fuel are used in internal combustion engines,
several different products of the incomplete combustion of the fuel may be
formed.
(i) Name two of these products that do not contain hydrogen.
.................................. and ..................................
(ii) Choose one of these and state a hazard it causes.
product .........................................................................................................
hazard ..........................................................................................................
(iii) Write a balanced equation for the formation of one of the products in (i)
from diesel fuel.
............................................................................................................................
[4]
75) Nov 2013 [23] Q (4)
4 Compound Q is a viscous liquid which is very soluble in water.
The Mr of Q is 90.0.
Three possible structures for Q are shown below.

302 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(a) (i) What type of isomerism do R, S and T show?

............................................................
(ii) What oxygen-containing functional groups are present in R, S and T?
Give their full names.
R ....................................................... and .........................................................
S ....................................................... and ..........................................................
T ....................................................... and ..........................................................
(iii) Which functional group(s) in (ii) will react with sodium carbonate?
............................................................................................................................
(iv) Which functional group(s) in (ii) will react with sodium metal?
............................................................................................................................
[6]
(b) When 0.002 mol of Q is reacted with an excess of solid sodium carbonate,
Na2CO3, 24 cm3 of carbon dioxide, measured at room temperature and
pressure, is produced.
(i) Calculate the amount, in moles, of carbon dioxide produced in this reaction.

(ii) Hence calculate the amount, in moles, of carbon dioxide produced by 1

mol of Q.

[2]
When 0.002 mol of Q is reacted with an excess of metallic sodium, 48 cm3 of
hydrogen, measured at room temperature and pressure, is produced.
(c) (i) Calculate the amount, in moles, of hydrogen molecules produced in this
reaction.

ii) Hence calculate the amount, in moles, of hydrogen molecules produced by

1 mol of Q.

[2]
303 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)
Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(d) Use your answers to (b) and (c) to deduce which structure, R, S or T,
corresponds to the structure of Q and write balanced equations for the
reactions that occurred.
identity of Q is .........
equation for reaction with sodium carbonate
............................................................................................................................
equation for reaction with sodium metal
....................................................................................................................... [5]
76) Nov 2013 [23] Q (5)
5 The molecular formula C4H9OH represents four different alcohols, W, X, Y
and Z.

(a) Draw the skeletal formula of Z.

[1]
(b) Acidified potassium dichromate(VI) is used as an oxidising agent in
organic chemistry.
Give the structural formula of the organic product formed when each of the
four alcohols above is heated under reflux with acidified potassium
dichromate(VI).
If you believe that no reaction occurs, write 'no reaction' in the box.

[4]

304 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(c) One of the alcohols, W, X, Y or Z, can be dehydrated to give more than

one organic product.
Identify this alcohol and give the structural formulae of two of the products.

[2]
77) June 2014 [21] Q (4)
4 Alkanes and alkenes both react with bromine.
(a) Explain how and why bromine can be used to distinguish between an
alkene and an alkane.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) The reaction of ethane with bromine forms a mixture of products.
(i) State the essential conditions for this reaction to occur.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Give the full name of the mechanism of this reaction.
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) Give the equation for a termination step that could occur, producing a
hydrocarbon.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(iv) Give the equation for one propagation step involved in the formation of
dibromoethane from bromoethane during this reaction.
....................................................................................................................... [1]

305 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(c) The reaction of ethene with bromine forms a single product.

(i) Give the full name of the mechanism of this reaction.
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Complete the diagram below to illustrate this mechanism.
Include all relevant charges, partial charges, curly arrows and lone pairs.

[4]
(d) Chloroethene can be polymerised to form a polymer commonly known as
PVC.
Draw a diagram of the structure of PVC including three repeat units.

[2]
(e) Chloroethane undergoes a series of reactions as shown in the diagram
below.

(i) Give the reagent and conditions necessary for reaction 1.

306 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) Give the skeletal formula of product P.

[1]
(iii) Give the displayed formula and the name of product Q.

....................................................................................................................... [2]
78) June 2014 [22] Q (4)
4 Crude oil is processed to give a wide variety of hydrocarbons.
(a) Give the names of one physical process and one chemical process carried
out during the processing of crude oil.
physical process ................................................................................................
chemical process ...............................................................................................
[2]
(b) Alkanes and alkenes can both be obtained from crude oil.
(i) Explain why alkanes are unreactive.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) State the bond angles in a molecule of
ethane, ...............................................................................................................
ethene. ...............................................................................................................
[1]
(iii) State the shape of each molecule in terms of the arrangement of the
atoms bonded to each carbon atom.
ethane ................................................. ethene ............................................. [1]
(iv) Explain why these molecules have different shapes in terms of the
carbon-carbon bonds present.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]

307 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(c) (i) Use a series of equations to describe the mechanism of the reaction of
ethane with chlorine to form chloroethane. Name the steps in this reaction.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [5]
(ii) Write an equation to show how butane could be produced as a by-product
of this reaction.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
79) June 2014 [22] Q (5)
5 A hydrocarbon, P, with the formula C6H12 readily decolourises bromine.
On reaction with hot, concentrated, acidified potassium manganate(VII)
solution a single organic product, Q, is obtained.
Q gives an orange precipitate when reacted with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine,
2,4-DNPH reagent, but has no reaction with Tollens’ reagent.
(a) (i) Explain these observations.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [4]
(ii) Draw the skeletal formula of P and give its name.

name of P ...........................................................................................................
[2]

308 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(iii) Draw the skeletal formula of Q and give its name.

name of Q ..........................................................................................................
[2]
(b) There are several structural isomers of P that also decolourise bromine,
but only four of these structural isomers exhibit geometrical (cis-trans)
isomerism.
Give the structures of any three structural isomers of P that exhibit
geometrical (cis-trans) isomerism.

[3]
80) June 2014 [23] Q (1_c)
(c) Another hydrocarbon, W, with the formula C4H8, reacts with hydrogen
bromide, HBr, to give two products X and Y. X and Y are structural isomers of
molecular formula C4H9Br.
Reaction of X with aqueous alkali produces an alcohol, Z, that has no reaction
with acidified dichromate(VI).
(i) Give the structures and names of the compounds W, X, Y, and Z
W X

........................................................ ........................................................

309 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

Y Z

........................................................ ........................................................
[4]
(ii) When W reacts with hydrogen bromide, more X than Y is produced.
Explain why.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
81) June 2014 [23] Q (4_c, d, e, f)
(c) (i) Give the structures of the four structural isomers of C4H9Br and identify
each as primary, secondary or tertiary.

........................................................ ........................................................

........................................................ ........................................................
[4]
(ii) Name the isomer of C4H9Br that contains a chiral centre and draw the
three-dimensional structures of the two optical isomers.
name ..................................................................................................................
structures

[3]

310 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(d) Aqueous silver nitrate solution was added to separate tubes containing
chloroethane, bromoethane and iodoethane. The tubes were heated in a
water bath.
A yellow precipitate appeared first in the tube containing iodoethane, followed
by a cream precipitate in the tube containing bromoethane and finally a white
precipitate appeared in the tube containing chloroethane.
Explain these observations.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]

[2]
(e) (i) Give the full name of the mechanism for the reaction between aqueous
sodium hydroxide and bromoethane.
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Complete the diagram below to represent this mechanism. Include all
necessary curly arrows, partial charges and lone pairs.
(f) In the past, CFCs such as CF3Cl were widely used as refrigerants.
(i) State a property of CFCs which makes them suitable for use as
refrigerants.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the damaging effect of CFCs in the upper atmosphere.
............................................................................................................................
Explain your answer.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]

311 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

82) Nov 2014 [21] Q (3)

3 P, Q and R are structural isomers with the molecular formula C4H8.
All three compounds readily decolourise bromine in the dark.
P and Q do not exhibit stereoisomerism but R exists as a pair of geometrical
(cis-trans) isomers.
All three compounds react with hot concentrated, acidifi ed potassium
manganate(VII) to produce a variety of products as shown in the table.

compound products

P CO2 and S (C3H6O)

Q CO2 and CH3CH2CO2H

R CH3CO2H only

S reacts with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine reagent, 2,4-DNPH, to form an

orange crystalline product but does not react with Fehling’s reagent.
(a) Give the structural formulae of P, Q, R and S.
P .......................................................... Q ..........................................................
R .......................................................... S ..........................................................
[4]
(b) (i) Explain what is meant by the term stereoisomerism.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Draw the displayed formulae of the geometrical isomers of R and name
them both.

name ............................................... name ................................................... [2]

(c) State a reagent that could be used for the reduction of S and name the
organic product of this reduction.
reagent ................................................ product ............................................ [2]

312 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

83) Nov 2014 [21] Q (4)

4 A series of reactions based on propanoic acid is shown.

(a) Write an equation for reaction 1, using [H] to represent the reducing agent.
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) (i) What type of reaction is reaction 2?
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Suggest a suitable reagent and conditions for reaction 2.
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Write an equation for the reaction of propanoic acid with calcium
carbonate, CaCO3.
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) (i) Suggest a suitable reagent and conditions for reaction 3.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Identify the other product of reaction 3.
....................................................................................................................... [1]

313 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

84) Nov 2014 [23] Q (3)

3 P, Q, R and S are structural isomers with the molecular formula C5H10.
All four compounds readily decolourise bromine in the dark.
P, R and S do not exhibit stereoisomerism but Q exists as a pair of
geometrical (cis-trans) isomers.
All four compounds react with hot concentrated, acidified potassium
manganate(VII) to produce a variety of products as shown in the table.

compound products

P CO2 and CH3CH2CH2CO2H

Q CH3CO2H and CH3CH2CO2H

R CO2 and T (C4H8O)

S CH3CO2H and (CH3)2CO

T reacts with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine reagent, 2,4-DNPH, to form an

orange crystalline product but does not react with Fehling’s reagent.
(a) Give the structural formulae of P, Q, R, S and T.
P .......................................................... Q ..........................................................
R .......................................................... S ..........................................................
T ..................................................................... [5]
(b) (i) Explain what is meant by the term stereoisomerism.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Draw the displayed formulae of the geometrical isomers of Q and name
them both.

name ................................................. name ................................................. [2]

(c) Name the organic product of the reaction of T with sodium borohydride,
NaBH4.
....................................................................................................................... [1]

314 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

85) Nov 2014 [23] Q (4)

4 A series of reactions based on propan-1-ol is shown.

(a) Suggest a suitable reagent and conditions for reaction 1.

....................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) (i) Write an equation for reaction 2, using [O] to represent the oxidising
agent.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Suggest a suitable reagent and conditions for reaction 2.
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Give the structural formulae of U and V.
U ........................................................................................................................
V .........................................................................................................................
[2]
(d) Suggest a suitable reagent and conditions for reaction 3.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
86) June 2015 [21] Q (3_b, c)
(b) The product of this reaction shows stereoisomerism as it contains a chiral
centre. This reaction produces an equimolar mixture of two optical isomers.
(i) Explain the meanings of the terms stereoisomerism and chiral centre.
stereoisomerism .................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
chiral centre .......................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) Suggest why the two optical isomers are produced in equal amounts by
this reaction.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]

315 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(c) (i) Complete the diagram to show the mechanism of this reaction. Include
all necessary charges, partial charges, lone pairs and curly arrows and show
the structure of the intermediate.

[5]
(ii) With reference to your mechanism in (i), explain the role of the NaCN in
this reaction.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
87) June 2015 [21] Q (4)
4 There are four alcohols, A, B, C and D, which are structural isomers with
the molecular formula C4H10O.
Alcohol A does not react with acidifi ed potassium dichromate(VI) solution but
B, C and D do.
All four alcohols react with hot, concentrated sulfuric acid to form products
with the molecular formula C4H8. A, C and D each give a single product in this
reaction. B gives a mixture of two structural isomers, one of which shows
stereoisomerism.
(a) Give the skeletal formula for each of the four alcohols and complete the
diagram with the names of the types of structural isomerism shown by each
linked pair of compounds.

316 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

[7]
(b) (i) Give the names of the two structural isomers produced by the reaction
of B with hot, concentrated sulfuric acid
........................................................ ........................................................... [2]
(ii) State which of these two isomers shows stereoisomerism. Explain why this
molecule is capable of showing stereoisomerism.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) Draw displayed formulae to show the two stereoisomers.

[2]

317 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

88) June 2015 [22] Q (3_a, ii, iii, b, c)

Ethane reacts with chlorine to form chloroethane.
C2H6(g) + Cl2(g) 
→ C2H5Cl(g) + HCl(g)
(ii) State the conditions needed for this reaction to occur.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Use a series of equations to describe the mechanism of this reaction
including the names of each stage and an indication of how butane can be
produced as a minor by-product.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [5]
(b) Chloroethane can be converted back into ethane by a two-stage process
via an intermediate compound, X.

(i) Give the name of X.

....................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Suggest the reagent and conditions needed for reaction 1.
....................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) Suggest the reagent and conditions needed for reaction 2.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
89) June 2015 [22] Q (3_a, ii, iii, b, c)
4 There are seven structural isomers with the molecular formula C5H10O that
are carbonyl compounds. Four of these are aldehydes.
These four aldehydes, A, B, C and D, have the following properties.
● Aldehyde A has a straight chain while B, C and D are branched.
● Aldehyde B is the only one of the four isomers with a chiral centre and it
exists as a pair of optical isomers.
● Aldehyde C has two methyl groups in its structure but D has three.
(a) (i) Give the structure of each of the four isomers.

318 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

[4]
(ii) Draw the three-dimensional structures of the two optical isomers of B.

[2]
(b) (i) Describe a chemical test that would allow you to distinguish between
any of the four isomers A to D and any of the other three structural isomers of
C5H10O, that are carbonyl compounds.
In your answer you should describe any necessary reagents and conditions
as well as explaining what you would see in each case.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]

319 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(ii) Describe a test that would give the same result with all seven carbonyl
isomers of C5H10O.
............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]
90) June 2015 [23] Q (3)
3 A, B, C, D, E and F are all structural isomers with the molecular formula
C4H8O.
(a) A, B and C all give an orange precipitate when treated with 2,4-DNPH but
only A and B give a brick-red precipitate when warmed with Fehling’s
solution.
(i) Draw the skeletal formulae of A, B and C.

A B C

[3]
(ii) Name the type of structural isomerism shown by A and B.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) State what you would see when a sample of A is warmed with Tollens’
reagent.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) D, E and F all decolourise bromine and effervesce slowly with sodium
metal.
E shows geometrical isomerism. Only D has a branched chain.
None of these isomers contains an oxygen atom bonded to a carbon atom
involved in π bonding.
None of these isomers contains a chiral centre.
(i) Give the structures of D, E and F. Show the two stereoisomers of E and
label the stereoisomerism shown.

320 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

[5]
(ii) Identify the gas produced during the reaction of each of these isomers with
sodium metal.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Another compound, G, C3H6O, contains the same functional group as A.
Give equations for the reactions of G with each of acidifi ed potassium
dichromate(VI) and sodium tetrahydridoborate, NaBH4, using [O] or [H] as
appropriate.
(i) reaction with acidifi ed potassium dichromate(VI)
C3H6O + ..................................... → ........................................................... [1]
(ii) reaction with NaBH4
C3H6O + ..................................... → ............................................................ [1]
91) June 2015 [23] Q (4_a, b, c)
4 The structure of H is shown.

(a) H reacts with both cold, dilute, acidifi ed potassium manganate(VII) and
with hot, concentrated, acidified potassium manganate(VII).

321 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Classified Chemistry Cambridge AS level Paper_2_Topic 11

(i) Give the structure of the organic product of the reaction of H with cold,
dilute, acidifi ed potassium manganate(VII).

[1]
(ii) Give the structures of the organic products of the reaction of H with hot,
concentrated, acidified potassium manganate(VII).

[2]
(b) (i) Complete the reaction scheme to show the mechanism of the reaction
of H with bromine to form J.
Include all necessary curly arrows, lone pairs and charges.

[3]
(ii) Explain the origin of the dipole on the bromine molecule.
............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [1]
J is formed as an equimolar mixture of isomers.
(iii) State the type of isomerism shown by J.
....................................................................................................................... [1]
(iv) Draw the structures of the two isomers of J.

[2]

322 11 – Organic Chemistry Mostafa Barakat (0100 165 44 62)

Cambridge Pre-U Revised Syllabus

Cambridge International Advanced Subsidiary and Advanced Level

in Chemistry (9701)

For use from 2016 in all papers for the above

syllabus, except practical examinations.

CSTxxx

**
Cambridge Pre-U Revised Syllabus

Contents: Tables of Chemical Data

Page no.

1 Important values, constants and standards 3

2 Ionisation energies (1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th) of selected elements in kJ mol–1 4
3 Bond energies 5
4 Standard electrode potential and redox potentials, E at 298K (25 °C) 7
5 Atomic and ionic radii 10
6 Typical proton (1H) chemical shift values (δ) relative to TMS = 0 12
7 Typical carbon (13C) chemical shift values (δ) relative to TMS = 0 13
8 Characteristic infra-red absorption frequencies for some selected bonds 14
9 The orientating effect of groups in aromatic substitution reactions 15
10 Names, structures and abbreviations of some amino acids 16
11 The Periodic Table of Elements 17

2
Cambridge Pre-U Revised Syllabus

1 Important values, constants and standards

molar gas constant R = 8.31 J K–1 mol–1

the Faraday constant F = 9.65 × 104 C mol–1

the Avogadro constant L = 6.02 × 1023 mol–1

the Planck constant h = 6.63 × 10–34 J s

speed of light in a vacuum c = 3.00 × 108 m s–1

mp = 1.67 × 10–27 kg
rest mass of proton, 11H

mn = 1.67 × 10–27 kg
rest mass of neutron, 1 n
0

0 me = 9.11 × 10–31 kg
rest mass of electron, e
−1

electronic charge e = –1.60 × 10–19 C

molar volume of gas Vm = 22.4 dm3 mol–1 at s.t.p.

Vm = 24.0 dm3 mol–1 under room conditions
(where s.t.p. is expressed as 101 kPa,
approximately, and 273 K [0 °C])

ionic product of water Kw = 1.00 × 10–14 mol2 dm–6

(at 298 K [25 °C])

specific heat capacity of water = 4.18 kJ kg–1 K–1

(= 4.18 J g–1 K–1)

3
Cambridge Pre-U Revised Syllabus

2 Ionisation energies (1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th) of selected elements, in kJ mol–1

Proton
number First Second Third Fourth
H 1 1310 – – –
He 2 2370 5250 – –
Li 3 519 7300 11800 –
Be 4 900 1760 14800 21000
B 5 799 2420 3660 25000
C 6 1090 2350 4610 6220
N 7 1400 2860 4590 7480
O 8 1310 3390 5320 7450
F 9 1680 3370 6040 8410
Ne 10 2080 3950 6150 9290
Na 11 494 4560 6940 9540
Mg 12 736 1450 7740 10500
Al 13 577 1820 2740 11600
Si 14 786 1580 3230 4360
P 15 1060 1900 2920 4960
S 16 1000 2260 3390 4540
Cl 17 1260 2300 3850 5150
Ar 18 1520 2660 3950 5770
K 19 418 3070 4600 5860
Ca 20 590 1150 4940 6480
Sc 21 632 1240 2390 7110
Ti 22 661 1310 2720 4170
V 23 648 1370 2870 4600
Cr 24 653 1590 2990 4770
Mn 25 716 1510 3250 5190
Fe 26 762 1560 2960 5400
Co 27 757 1640 3230 5100
Ni 28 736 1750 3390 5400
Cu 29 745 1960 3350 5690
Zn 30 908 1730 3828 5980
Ga 31 577 1980 2960 6190
Br 35 1140 2080 3460 4850
Rb 37 403 4632 3900 5080
Sr 38 548 1060 4120 5440
Ag 47 731 2074 3361 –
I 53 1010 1840 2040 4030
Cs 55 376 2420 3300 –
Ba 56 502 966 3390 –

4
Cambridge Pre-U Revised Syllabus

3 Bond Energies

3(a) Bond energies in diatomic molecules (these are exact values)

Homonuclear Heteronuclear

Bond Energy / kJ mol–1 Bond Energy / kJ mol–1

HH 436 HF 562

DD 442 HCl 431

N≡N 944 HBr 366

O= O 496 HI 299

P≡P 485 C≡O 1077

S=S 425

FF 158

Cl Cl 242

BrBr 193

II 151

5
Cambridge Pre-U Revised Syllabus

3(b) Bond energies in polyatomic molecules (these are average values)

Homonuclear Heteronuclear

Bond Energy / kJ mol–1 Bond Energy / kJ mol–1

CC 350 CH 410

C=C 610 CCl 340

C≡C 840 CBr 280

C….C (benzene) 520 CI 240

NN 160 CN 305

N=N 410 C=N 610

OO 150 C≡N 890

SiSi 222 CO 360

PP 200 C=O 740

SS 264 C=O in CO2 805

NH 390

NCl 310

OH 460

SiCl 359

SiH 320

SiO (in SiO2(s)) 460

Si=O (in SiO2(g)) 640

PH 320

PCl 330

PO 340

P=O 540

SH 347

SCl 250

SO 360

S=O 500

6
Cambridge Pre-U Revised Syllabus

4 Standard electrode potential and redox potentials, E at 298 K (25 oC)

For ease of reference, two tables are given:

(a) an extended list in alphabetical order;

(b) a shorter list in decreasing order of magnitude, i.e. a redox series.

(a) E in alphabetical order

Electrode reaction E /V

Ag+ + e– Ag +0.80
Al 3+ + 3e– Al –1.66
Ba2+ + 2e– Ba –2.90
Br2 + 2e– 2Br– +1.07
Ca2+ + 2e– Ca –2.87
Cl2 + 2e– 2Cl – +1.36
2HOCl + 2H+ + 2e– Cl2 + 2H2O +1.64
Cl O– + H2O + 2e– Cl – + 2OH– +0.89
Co2+ + 2e– Co –0.28
Co3+ + e– Co2+ +1.82
[Co(NH3)6]2+ + 2e– Co + 6NH3 –0.43
Cr2+ + 2e– Cr –0.91
Cr3+ + 3e– Cr –0.74
Cr3+ + e– Cr2+ –0.41
Cr2O72– + 14H+ + 6e– 2Cr3+ + 7H2O +1.33
Cu+ + e– Cu +0.52
Cu2+ + 2e– Cu +0.34
Cu2+ + e– Cu+ +0.15
[Cu(NH3)4]2+ + 2e– Cu + 4NH3 –0.05
F2 + 2e– 2F– +2.87
Fe2+ + 2e– Fe –0.44
Fe3+ + 3e– Fe –0.04
Fe3+ + e– Fe2+ +0.77
[Fe(CN)6]3– + e– [Fe(CN)6]4– +0.36
Fe(OH)3 + e– Fe(OH)2 + OH– –0.56
2H+ + 2e– H2 0.00
2H2O + 2e– H2 + 2OH– –0.83
I2 + 2e– 2I– +0.54
K + + e– K –2.92
Li+ + e– Li –3.04
Mg + 2e–
2+
Mg –2.38
Mn2+ + 2e– Mn –1.18
Mn3+ + e– Mn2+ +1.49
MnO2 + 4H+ + 2e– Mn2+ + 2H2O +1.23
MnO4– + e– MnO42– +0.56
MnO4 + 4H+ + 3e–
–
MnO2 + 2H2O +1.67
MnO4– + 8H+ + 5e– Mn2+ + 4H2O +1.52
NO3– + 2H+ + e– NO2 + H2O +0.81
NO3– + 3H+ + 2e– HNO2 + H2O +0.94
NO3– + 10H+ + 8e– NH4+ + 3H2O +0.87

7
Cambridge Pre-U Revised Syllabus

Electrode reaction E /V

Na+ + e– Na –2.71
Ni2+ + 2e– Ni –0.25
[Ni(NH3)6]2+ + 2e– Ni + 6NH3 –0.51
H2O2 + 2H+ + 2e– 2H2O +1.77
HO2– + H2O + 2e– 3OH– +0.88
O2 + 4H+ + 4e– 2H2O +1.23
O2 + 2H2O + 4e– 4OH– +0.40
O2 + 2H+ + 2e– H2O2 +0.68
O2 + H2O + 2e– HO2– + OH– –0.08
Pb2+ + 2e– Pb –0.13
Pb4+ + 2e– Pb2+ +1.69
PbO2 + 4H+ + 2e– Pb2+ + 2H2O +1.47
SO42– + 4H+ + 2e– SO2 + 2H2O +0.17
S2O82–+ 2e– 2SO42– +2.01
S4O62–+ 2e– 2S2O32– +0.09
Sn2+ + 2e– Sn –0.14
Sn4+ + 2e– Sn2+ +0.15
V2+ + 2e– V –1.20
V3+ + e– V2+ –0.26
VO + 2H+ + e–
2+
V3+ + H2O +0.34
VO2+ + 2H+ + e– VO2+ + H2O +1.00
VO3– + 4H+ + e– VO2+ + 2H2O +1.00
Zn2+ + 2e– Zn –0.76

All ionic states refer to aqueous ions but other state symbols have been omitted.

8
Cambridge Pre-U Revised Syllabus

(b) E in decreasing order of oxidising power

(a selection only – see also the extended alphabetical list on the previous pages)

Electrode reaction E /V

F2 + 2e– 2F– +2.87

S2O82–+ 2e– 2SO42– +2.01
H2O2 + 2H+ + 2e– 2H2O +1.77
MnO4– + 8H+ + 5e– Mn2+ + 4H2O +1.52
PbO2 + 4H+ + 2e– Pb2+ + 2H2O +1.47
Cl2 + 2e– 2Cl – +1.36
Cr2O7 + 14H+ + 6e–
2–
2Cr3+ + 7H2O +1.33
O2 + 4H+ + 4e– 2H2O +1.23
Br2 + 2e– 2Br– +1.07
ClO – + H2O + 2e– Cl – + 2OH– +0.89
NO3– + 10H+ + 8e– NH4+ + 3H2O +0.87
NO3– + 2H+ + e– NO2 + H2O +0.81
Ag+ + e– Ag +0.80
Fe3+ + e– Fe2+ +0.77
I2 + 2e– 2I– +0.54
O2 + 2H2O + 4e– 4OH– +0.40
Cu2+ + 2e– Cu +0.34
SO4 + 4H+ + 2e–
2–
SO2 + 2H2O +0.17
Sn4+ + 2e– Sn2+ +0.15
S4O62–+ 2e– 2S2O32– +0.09
2H+ + 2e– H2 0.00
Pb2+ + 2e– Pb –0.13
Sn2+ + 2e– Sn –0.14
Fe2+ + 2e– Fe –0.44
Zn2+ + 2e– Zn –0.76
2H2O + 2e– H2 + 2OH– –0.83
V2+ + 2e– V –1.20
Mg2+ + 2e– Mg –2.38
Ca2+ + 2e– Ca –2.87
K + + e– K –2.92

9
Cambridge Pre-U Revised Syllabus

5 Atomic and ionic radii

(a) Period 1 atomic / nm ionic / nm

single covalent H 0.037 H– 0.208

van der Waals He 0.140

(b) Period 2 atomic / nm ionic / nm

metallic Li 0.152 Li+ 0.060

Be 0.112 Be2+ 0.031

single covalent B 0.080 B3+ 0.020

C 0.077 C4+ 0.015 C4– 0.260

N 0.074 N3– 0.171

O 0.073 O2– 0.140

F 0.072 F– 0.136

van der Waals Ne 0.160

(c) Period 3 atomic / nm ionic / nm

metallic Na 0.186 Na+ 0.095

Mg 0.160 Mg2+ 0.065

Al 0.143 Al 3+ 0.050

single covalent Si 0.117 Si4+ 0.041

P 0.110 P3– 0.212

S 0.104 S2– 0.184

Cl 0.099 Cl – 0.181

van der Waals Ar 0.190

(d) Group 2 atomic / nm ionic / nm

metallic Be 0.112 Be2+ 0.031

Mg 0.160 Mg2+ 0.065

Ca 0.197 Ca2+ 0.099

Sr 0.215 Sr2+ 0.113

Ba 0.217 Ba2+ 0.135

Ra 0.220 Ra2+ 0.140

10
Cambridge Pre-U Revised Syllabus

(e) Group 14 atomic / nm ionic / nm

single covalent C 0.077 C4+ 0.015

Si 0.117 Si4+ 0.041

Ge 0.122 Ge2+ 0.093

metallic Sn 0.162 Sn2+ 0.112

Pb 0.175 Pb2+ 0.120

(f) Group 17 atomic / nm ionic / nm

single covalent F 0.072 F– 0.136

Cl 0.099 Cl – 0.181

Br 0.114 Br– 0.195

I 0.133 I– 0.216

At 0.140

(g) First row transition atomic / nm ionic / nm

elements

metallic Sc 0.164 Sc3+ 0.081

Ti 0.146 Ti2+ 0.090 Ti3+ 0.067

V 0.135 V2+ 0.079 V3+ 0.064

Cr 0.129 Cr2+ 0.073 Cr3+ 0.062

Mn 0.132 Mn2+ 0.067 Mn3+ 0.062

Fe 0.126 Fe2+ 0.061 Fe3+ 0.055

Co 0.125 Co2+ 0.078 Co2+ 0.053

Ni 0.124 Ni2+ 0.070 Ni3+ 0.056

Cu 0.128 Cu2+ 0.073

Zn 0.135 Zn2+ 0.075

11
Cambridge Pre-U Revised Syllabus

6 Typical proton (1H) chemical shift values (δ) relative to TMS = 0

type of chemical shift

environment of proton example structures
proton range (δ)

alkane –CH3, –CH2–, >CH– 0.9–1.7

alkyl next to C=O CH3–C=O, –CH2–C=O, >CH–C=O 2.2–3.0

alkyl next to aromatic

CH3–Ar, –CH2–Ar, >CH–Ar 2.3–3.0
ring

alkyl next to
CH3–O, –CH2–O, –CH2–Cl, >CH–Br 3.2–4.0
electronegative atom

attached to alkyne ≡C–H 1.8–3.1

C–H
attached to alkene =CH2, =CH– 4.5–6.0

attached to aromatic ring H 6.0–9.0

aldehyde R C 9.3–10.5

alcohol RO–H 0.5–6.0

phenol OH 4.5–7.0
O-H
(see
note
O
below)
carboxylic acid R C 9.0–13.0

O H

alkyl amine R–NH– 1.0–5.0

aryl amine NH2 3.0–6.0

N-H
(see
note O
below)
R C
amide 5.0–12.0
N H

Note: δ values for –O-H and –N-H protons can vary depending on solvent and concentration

12
Cambridge Pre-U Revised Syllabus

7 Typical carbon (13C) chemical shift values (δ) relative to TMS = 0

hybridisation of environment of carbon example structures chemical

the carbon atom shift range
atom (δ)

sp3 alkyl CH3–, –CH2–, –CH< 0–50

sp3 next to alkene/arene CH2 10–40

–CH2–C=C,

sp3 next to carbonyl/carboxyl –CH2–COR, –CH2–CO2R 25–50

sp3 next to nitrogen –CH2–NH2, –CH2–NR2, 30–65

–CH2–NHCO

next to chlorine
sp3 (-CH2-Br and -CH2-I are in –CH2–Cl 30–60
the same range as alkyl)

sp3 next to oxygen –CH2–OH, –CH2–O–CO– 50–70

C C
sp2 alkene or arene C C 110–160
>C=C<, C C

sp2 carboxyl R–CO2H, R–CO2R 160–185

sp2 carbonyl R–CHO, R–CO–R 190–220

sp alkyne R–C≡C– 65–85

sp nitrile R–C≡N 100–125

13
Cambridge Pre-U Revised Syllabus

8 Characteristic infra-red absorption frequencies for some selected bonds

appearance of peak
functional groups absorption range (in
bond (s = strong,
containing the bond wavenumbers) /cm–1
w = weak)

C–O alcohols, ethers, esters 1040–1300 s

aromatic compounds,
C=C 1500–1680 w unless conjugated
alkenes

amides, 1640–1690 s
C=O ketones and aldehydes 1670–1740 s
esters, 1710–1750 s

C≡C alkynes 2150–2250 w unless conjugated

C≡N nitriles 2200–2250 w

alkanes, CH2–H 2850–2950 s

C–H
alkenes/arenes, =C–H 3000–3100 w

N–H amines, amides 3300–3500 w

carboxylic acids, RCO2–H 2500–3000 s and very broad

O–H H–bonded alcohol, RO–H 3200–3600 s
free alcohol, RO–H 3580–3650 s and sharp

14
Cambridge Pre-U Revised Syllabus

9 The orientating effect of groups in aromatic substitution reactions.

The position of the incoming group, Y, is determined by the nature of the group, X, already bonded
to the ring, and not by the nature of the incoming group Y.

X X

2
+ Y+ + H+
3
4
Y
X- groups that direct the incoming X- groups that direct the incoming
Y group to the 2- or 4- positions Y group to the 3- position

–NH2, –NHR or –NR2 –NO2

–OH or –OR –NH3

–NHCOR –CN

–CH3, –alkyl –CHO, –COR

–Cl –CO2H, –CO2R

15
Cambridge Pre-U Revised Syllabus

10 Names, structures and abbreviations of some amino acids

structure of side chain R- in

NH2
name 3-letter abbreviation 1-letter symbol
R CH
CO2H

alanine Ala A CH3–

aspartic acid Asp D HO2CCH2–

cysteine Cys C HSCH2–

glutamic acid Glu E HO2CCH2CH2–

glycine Gly G H–

lysine Lys K H2NCH2CH2CH2CH2–

phenylalanine Phe F CH2

serine Ser S HOCH2–

tyrosine Tyr Y HO CH2

CH3
valine Val V CH
CH3

16
The Periodic Table of Elements
Group
1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1.0 4.0
3 4 atomic number 5 6 7 8 9 10
Li Be atomic symbol B C N O F Ne
lithium beryllium name boron carbon nitrogen oxygen fluorine neon
6.9 9.0 relative atomic mass 10.8 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 20.2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
sodium magnesium aluminium silicon phosphorus sulfur chlorine argon
23.0 24.3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 27.0 28.1 31.0 32.1 35.5 39.9
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
potassium calcium scandium titanium vanadium chromium manganese iron cobalt nickel copper zinc gallium germanium arsenic selenium bromine krypton
39.1 40.1 45.0 47.9 50.9 52.0 54.9 55.8 58.9 58.7 63.5 65.4 69.7 72.6 74.9 79.0 79.9 83.8

17
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
rubidium strontium yttrium zirconium niobium molybdenum technetium ruthenium rhodium palladium silver cadmium indium tin antimony tellurium iodine xenon
85.5 87.6 88.9 91.2 92.9 95.9 – 101.1 102.9 106.4 107.9 112.4 114.8 116.7 121.8 127.6 126.9 131.3
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
Cs Ba Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
caesium barium hafnium tantalum tungsten rhenium osmium iridium platinum gold mercury thallium lead bismuth polonium astatine radon
132.9 137.3 178.5 180.9 183.8 186.2 190.2 192.2 195.1 197.0 200.6 204.4 207.2 209.0 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
Fr Ra Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt Ds Rg Cr Fl Lv
francium radium rutherfordium dubnium seaborgium bohrium hassium meitnerium darmstadtium roentgenium copernicium flerovium livermorium
– – – – – – – – – – – – –

57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
lanthanoids La Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
lanthanum cerium praseodymium neodymium promethium samarium europium gadolinium terbium dysprosium holmium erbium thulium ytterbium lutetium
138.9 140.1 140.9 144.4 – 150.4 152.0 157.3 158.9 162.5 164.9 167.3 168.9 173.1 175.0
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
actinoids Ac Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
actinium thorium protactinium uranium neptunium plutonium americium curium berkelium californium einsteinium fermium mendelevium nobelium lawrencium
– 232.0 231.0 238.0 – – – – – – – – – – –

Module As Level Chemistry
100% (1)
Module As Level Chemistry
407 pages
53-TMSS-03 (Rev 00)
No ratings yet
53-TMSS-03 (Rev 00)
8 pages
2 Class XII Chemistry CHSE Workbook 0
No ratings yet
2 Class XII Chemistry CHSE Workbook 0
305 pages
MSCCH06
100% (1)
MSCCH06
404 pages
G11-Chemistry Workbook
No ratings yet
G11-Chemistry Workbook
222 pages
Chemistry PDF
100% (1)
Chemistry PDF
1,970 pages
Class XI NEET Chemistry Booklet
No ratings yet
Class XI NEET Chemistry Booklet
118 pages
Class 12 Chemistry 2024-25 Chapter 3. Chemical Kinetics-1
100% (1)
Class 12 Chemistry 2024-25 Chapter 3. Chemical Kinetics-1
49 pages
Coordination Compounds
100% (1)
Coordination Compounds
47 pages
GOC + Isomerism Notes
No ratings yet
GOC + Isomerism Notes
312 pages
Edexcel IGCSE Chemistry Khan Style Notes
No ratings yet
Edexcel IGCSE Chemistry Khan Style Notes
3 pages
LPG Vs Vs DA-1
No ratings yet
LPG Vs Vs DA-1
18 pages
Chemistry Formula Booklet
No ratings yet
Chemistry Formula Booklet
193 pages
MHT CET 11th Chem CH 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry
No ratings yet
MHT CET 11th Chem CH 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry
34 pages
11 Chemistry 2024
No ratings yet
11 Chemistry 2024
292 pages
Chemistry Formula Sheet
100% (1)
Chemistry Formula Sheet
18 pages
UNIT - I - Chemical Process Technology: School of Bio and Chemical Engineering Department of Chemical Engineering
No ratings yet
UNIT - I - Chemical Process Technology: School of Bio and Chemical Engineering Department of Chemical Engineering
78 pages
344 11 - Inorganic Chemistry-I - MSC - (CRC) PDF
100% (1)
344 11 - Inorganic Chemistry-I - MSC - (CRC) PDF
320 pages
Chemical Kinetics: SR - 12 Class Chemistry Vol-2
100% (1)
Chemical Kinetics: SR - 12 Class Chemistry Vol-2
78 pages
Xii Chemistry Patna Region
100% (1)
Xii Chemistry Patna Region
235 pages
XII Chemistry Support Material 2022-23
No ratings yet
XII Chemistry Support Material 2022-23
270 pages
Chemical Equilibrium in 1 Shot Me PDF
100% (2)
Chemical Equilibrium in 1 Shot Me PDF
71 pages
11 Chemistry Test Papers PDF
No ratings yet
11 Chemistry Test Papers PDF
231 pages
Chem-Study - Transition A Level Work
No ratings yet
Chem-Study - Transition A Level Work
47 pages
ZN Chemistry A Level Theory
No ratings yet
ZN Chemistry A Level Theory
33 pages
SpectrAA 55 User Manual PDF
No ratings yet
SpectrAA 55 User Manual PDF
142 pages
Cneccc s6 2021 Paper1a
No ratings yet
Cneccc s6 2021 Paper1a
10 pages
AIGA 090 - 14 - Reference Guide For Requalification of Gas Cylinders
100% (1)
AIGA 090 - 14 - Reference Guide For Requalification of Gas Cylinders
13 pages
Chemistry - Xii 2023-24 Final Study Materials
No ratings yet
Chemistry - Xii 2023-24 Final Study Materials
118 pages
Alkyl Halides Aryl Halides and Aromatic CompoundsTheory
No ratings yet
Alkyl Halides Aryl Halides and Aromatic CompoundsTheory
58 pages
Igcse Chemistry Sample Chapter
100% (1)
Igcse Chemistry Sample Chapter
20 pages
MSCCH01 PDF
100% (1)
MSCCH01 PDF
467 pages
Material Safety Data Sheet: Hydrochloric Acid, 37% MSDS
No ratings yet
Material Safety Data Sheet: Hydrochloric Acid, 37% MSDS
7 pages
Schbib 1996 Kinetics of Front End Acetylene Hydrogenation
No ratings yet
Schbib 1996 Kinetics of Front End Acetylene Hydrogenation
10 pages
General Chemistry
100% (1)
General Chemistry
239 pages
CHM 102 Oou
No ratings yet
CHM 102 Oou
59 pages
S02 LTCpart2 PDF
No ratings yet
S02 LTCpart2 PDF
34 pages
Maharashtra-HSC-d & F Paper-2 Target
No ratings yet
Maharashtra-HSC-d & F Paper-2 Target
39 pages
IB Chemistry Revision Notes
No ratings yet
IB Chemistry Revision Notes
87 pages
New Age' Caatalogue PDF
No ratings yet
New Age' Caatalogue PDF
25 pages
11 Chemistry
100% (1)
11 Chemistry
186 pages
Aircraft Welding
No ratings yet
Aircraft Welding
3 pages
Organic (Introduction 1&2)
No ratings yet
Organic (Introduction 1&2)
10 pages
Chemistry (Total Marks-200
No ratings yet
Chemistry (Total Marks-200
2 pages
11 Chemistry Eng 2018
No ratings yet
11 Chemistry Eng 2018
216 pages
Ethyl Alcohol
No ratings yet
Ethyl Alcohol
3 pages
Chap 01 Some Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry
100% (1)
Chap 01 Some Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry
13 pages
Bme Unit V
No ratings yet
Bme Unit V
38 pages
Thermodynamics Tables
No ratings yet
Thermodynamics Tables
11 pages
CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Syllabus
No ratings yet
CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Syllabus
7 pages
Chapter 34 Structured Questions
No ratings yet
Chapter 34 Structured Questions
25 pages
Organic Chemistry
No ratings yet
Organic Chemistry
40 pages
Pipe Color Code
No ratings yet
Pipe Color Code
1 page
E162 Manual
No ratings yet
E162 Manual
28 pages
Chapter Wise Breakup (Chemistry) of Expected Q in NEET 2020
No ratings yet
Chapter Wise Breakup (Chemistry) of Expected Q in NEET 2020
1 page
Quick Revision Notes Chemistry
No ratings yet
Quick Revision Notes Chemistry
9 pages
II Term XI Chem Student Support Material
No ratings yet
II Term XI Chem Student Support Material
64 pages
Hydrocarbons
No ratings yet
Hydrocarbons
17 pages
Xute
No ratings yet
Xute
23 pages
Organic Chemistry - GRADE 9 SCIENCE
No ratings yet
Organic Chemistry - GRADE 9 SCIENCE
2 pages
Sheet 2
No ratings yet
Sheet 2
5 pages
Structure of The Atom: By: Atharv Jadhav Class IX
No ratings yet
Structure of The Atom: By: Atharv Jadhav Class IX
17 pages
Ocr As Level Chemistry A: Answer All Questions Max 51 Marks
No ratings yet
Ocr As Level Chemistry A: Answer All Questions Max 51 Marks
12 pages
Gas Welding Practice:: Jobs 8-J1-J38
No ratings yet
Gas Welding Practice:: Jobs 8-J1-J38
10 pages
CEM1008F Class Test 2 2019
No ratings yet
CEM1008F Class Test 2 2019
10 pages
Isc 100% Success in Chemistry
No ratings yet
Isc 100% Success in Chemistry
114 pages
Tutorial 2 - Thermochemistry 2022
No ratings yet
Tutorial 2 - Thermochemistry 2022
2 pages
Distinguish Test
No ratings yet
Distinguish Test
4 pages
5070 Chemistry: MARK SCHEME For The October/November 2015 Series
No ratings yet
5070 Chemistry: MARK SCHEME For The October/November 2015 Series
7 pages
Chemistry 2nd Year RT 5 CH # 8+12
No ratings yet
Chemistry 2nd Year RT 5 CH # 8+12
3 pages
Ethylene Experiment
No ratings yet
Ethylene Experiment
3 pages
Quantitative Analysis Salt Analysis
No ratings yet
Quantitative Analysis Salt Analysis
7 pages
Gas Laws and Gas Stoichiometry REVIEW (Mass-Volume) : Name: - Date: - Per
No ratings yet
Gas Laws and Gas Stoichiometry REVIEW (Mass-Volume) : Name: - Date: - Per
4 pages
Chemistry Study Tips
No ratings yet
Chemistry Study Tips
11 pages
Chemistry
No ratings yet
Chemistry
7 pages
O Level Chemistry Practice Papers 1
From Everand
O Level Chemistry Practice Papers 1
Esther Chen
4.5/5 (3)
O level Physics Structured Practice 1
From Everand
O level Physics Structured Practice 1
Esther Chen
2/5 (1)
O Level Chemistry Practice Papers 3
From Everand
O Level Chemistry Practice Papers 3
Esther Chen
No ratings yet
O Level Chemistry Structured Practice Papers 9
From Everand
O Level Chemistry Structured Practice Papers 9
Esther Chen
5/5 (1)
O Level Biology Practice Questions And Answers: Coordination And Response
From Everand
O Level Biology Practice Questions And Answers: Coordination And Response
Esther Chen
No ratings yet
O Level Biology Practice For Structured Questions Transport In Humans
From Everand
O Level Biology Practice For Structured Questions Transport In Humans
Esther Chen
No ratings yet
O Level Chemistry Practice Paper 2
From Everand
O Level Chemistry Practice Paper 2
Esther Chen
No ratings yet
Topical Guidebook For GCE O Level Biology 3 Part 2
From Everand
Topical Guidebook For GCE O Level Biology 3 Part 2
Esther Chen
5/5 (1)
Topical Guidebook For GCE O Level Biology 2 Part 2
From Everand
Topical Guidebook For GCE O Level Biology 2 Part 2
Esther Chen
No ratings yet
O Level Chemistry Practice Papers 7
From Everand
O Level Chemistry Practice Papers 7
Esther Chen
No ratings yet
O Level Chemistry Practice Papers 6
From Everand
O Level Chemistry Practice Papers 6
Esther Chen
No ratings yet
O Level Chemistry Practice Papers 4
From Everand
O Level Chemistry Practice Papers 4
Esther Chen
No ratings yet
Secret Of Answering Biology Questions
From Everand
Secret Of Answering Biology Questions
Esther Chen
No ratings yet
O Level Chemistry Practice Papers 5
From Everand
O Level Chemistry Practice Papers 5
Esther Chen
No ratings yet
Success Topical Guidebook For GCE O Level Biology 1 5158
From Everand
Success Topical Guidebook For GCE O Level Biology 1 5158
Esther Chen
No ratings yet